Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2006

Registration No. 333-133189

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   6770   20-4531310
(State of Incorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

330 East 38 th Street

Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

(212) 681-6763

(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

F. Jacob Cherian

President and Chief Executive Officer

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 East 38 th Street

Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

(212) 681-6763

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

 

Ira I. Roxland, Esq.

Sharon K. Mauer, Esq.

Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 768-6700

Fax: (212) 768-6800

 

Alan I. Annex, Esq.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

(212) 801-9200

Fax: (212) 801-6400

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   x

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨


Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
   Amount to be
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per Unit (1)
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee

Units, each consisting of one share of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and one warrant (2)

   9,775,000    $8.00    $78,200,000.00    $8,367.40

Shares of common stock included as part of the units (2)

   9,775,000    —      —      (3)

Warrants included as part of the units (2)

   9,775,000    —      —      (3)

Shares of common stock underlying the warrants included in the units (2)(4)

   9,775,000    $6.00    $58,650,000.00    $6,275.55

Representative’s unit purchase option

   1    $100.00    $100.00    (3)

Units underlying the representative’s unit purchase option (“Representative’s Units”)

   850,000    $10.80    $9,180,000.00    $982.26

Shares of common stock included as part of the Representative’s Units

   850,000    —      —      (3)

Warrants included as part of the Representative’s Units

   850,000    —      —      (3)

Shares of common stock underlying the warrants included in the Representative’s Units (4)

   850,000    $6.00    $5,100,000.00    $545.70

Total

         $151,130,100.00    $16,170.91 (6)
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Includes 1,275,000 units that the representative of the underwriters has the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).
(4) Pursuant to Rule 416, we are also registering an indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock that are issuable by reason of the anti-dilution provisions of the warrants.
(5) Securities being sold by the selling securityholders identified in this registration statement.
(6) Previously paid.

 


The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 28, 2006

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$68,000,000

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

8,500,000 Units

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. is a blank check company recently formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar transaction with one or more businesses that have operations primarily in India. While our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry, we intend to focus on privately owned businesses within the financial services, healthcare, infrastructure and consumer, retail and hospitality sectors. However, we will review a business opportunity presented to us in any industry sector.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit has an offering price of $8.00 and consists of:

 

    one share of our common stock; and

 

    one warrant.

Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $6.00. Each warrant will become exercisable on the later of our completion of a business combination and                     , 2007 [one year from the date of this prospectus] , and will expire on                     , 2010 [four years from the date of this prospectus] , or earlier upon redemption.

We have granted to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., the representative of the underwriters, an option exercisable within 45 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 1,275,000 additional units solely to cover over-allotments, if any (over and above the 8,500,000 units referred to above). The over-allotment option will only be used to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. We have also agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters, for $100, as additional compensation, an option to purchase up to a total of 850,000 units at $10.80 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

There is presently no public market for our units, common stock or warrants. Our units have been accepted for listing on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol MQC.U. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading on             , 2006 [90 days from the date of this prospectus] or on such earlier date as shall be determined by the representative of the underwriters, the common stock and warrants will be listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbols MQC and MQC.WS, respectively. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the American Stock Exchange.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Public offering
price
   Underwriting discount
and non-accountable
expense allowance (1)
  

Proceeds, before

expenses, to us (1)

Per unit

   $ 8.00    $ 0.38    $ 7.62

Total

     68,000,000      3,230,000      64,770,000

(1) Excludes $850,000, or 1.25% of the underwriting discount payable to the underwriters, as well as $1,190,000, or 1.75%, non-accountable expense allowance payable to the representative of the underwriters. The payment of the 1.25% underwriting fee and $1,115,000 of the representative’s non-accountable expense has been deferred until we consummate a business combination.

Of the net proceeds we receive from this offering, $66,320,000 (approximately $7.80 per unit) will be deposited into a trust account at The Bank of New York maintained by The Bank of New York acting as trustee. This amount includes $1,965,000 ($0.21 per unit) which will be paid to the underwriters if a business combination is consummated, but which will be forfeited by the underwriters if a business combination is not consummated. This amount also includes $2,250,000 in net proceeds from the sale of warrants in a private placement offering immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, our public stockholders will receive approximately $7.80 per unit (plus interest earned, less up to $1,975,000 used for working capital, and taxes payable) in the event of a liquidation of our company prior to consummation of a business combination. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could be prior to the claims of our public stockholders.

We are offering the units for sale on a firm commitment basis. Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., acting as representative of the underwriters, expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about             , 2006.

 

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.   
  

Ferris, Baker Watts

Incorporated

  
      Maxim Group LLC

                    , 2006


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

   10

RISK FACTORS

   11

USE OF PROCEEDS

   27

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

   30

CAPITALIZATION

   31

DILUTION

   32

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   34

PROPOSED BUSINESS

   37

MANAGEMENT

   53

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   62

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   64

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

   66

UNDERWRITING

   71

LEGAL MATTERS

   74

EXPERTS

   74

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   74

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1

 


Market and Industry Data

Market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications and other publicly available information. None of the sources cited in this prospectus has consented to the inclusion of any data from its reports, nor have we sought their consent. We have not independently verified any third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. In addition, while we believe the market data and industry statistics included in this prospectus are generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. Such data involves risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors.” Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on this information.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. and references to any outstanding shares of our common stock give effect to a 0.048951 for one stock dividend to holders of record on June 5, 2006 and to a 0.708333 for one reverse stock split to holders of record on June 16, 2006. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. As used in this prospectus, a “target business” means an operating business with primary operating activities in India and a “business combination” means the acquisition by us of such a target business.

We are a blank check company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 15, 2006 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar transaction with one or more businesses that have operations primarily in India. While our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry, we intend to focus on privately owned businesses within the financial services, healthcare, infrastructure and consumer, retail and hospitality sectors. However, we will review a business opportunity presented to us in any industry sector.

We believe that our timing is optimal for a business combination in India, as its economy in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, has become the fourth largest in the world, behind the United States, China and Japan according to the Economic Times Online. We also believe that several features of India’s market will likely result in strong continued growth of its GDP, including:

 

    the intense focus of the Indian government on increasing productivity and instituting measures to improve labor and capital resources to achieve a targeted GDP growth rate of 8% per year;

 

    the recent strength of India’s currency;

 

    the availability of a highly educated, but comparatively low-paid professional, technical and labor force;

 

    increasing accumulation of individual wealth and a growing middle-class that has fueled sharp increases in domestic consumption; and

 

    the Indian government’s recent proposal to eliminate all remaining foreign currency exchange controls.

Assuming GDP growth of 7% and population growth of 1.5%, over one-half of India’s population will turn middle class between 2020 and 2040 according to The Business Standard, an Indian financial newspaper. The convergence of all of these factors, a population of over a billion consumers and India’s ability to outpace other emerging markets, make India a prime location for foreign investments.

In focusing our efforts on identifying a prospective target business, we expect to draw upon and leverage the following strengths of our management team:

 

    Our management has an extensive knowledge of India as well as a network of contacts and relationships with Indian business leaders, positioning us to successfully navigate around obstacles typically faced by foreign-equity investors;

 

    F. Jacob Cherian and Suhel Kanuga, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, will relocate to India upon the consummation of this offering, taking up full-time residency in Mumbai, to oversee the sourcing, identification and selection of a target business, negotiate terms of a business combination, conduct due diligence and consummate a business combination;

 

1


Table of Contents
    Our board of directors and advisors are comprised of persons who hold leadership positions in U.S. or Indian companies and will provide business contacts and merger and acquisition and industry expertise; and

 

    Members of our team have had direct experience with blank check companies executing business combinations.

We will initially focus our search for a target business in the financial services, health care, infrastructure and consumer, retail and hospitality sectors as we believe that they represent particularly attractive acquisition targets with favorable valuations and significant growth potential.

To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

Effecting a business combination

We do not currently have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representative of any candidates) with respect to a possible acquisition transaction with our company. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate. Our initial business combination must be with a target business whose fair market value is at least equal to 80% of our net assets (all of our assets, including the funds held in the trust account, less our liabilities) at the time of such acquisition. In order to do so, we have no limitation on our ability to raise additional funds through the private sale of securities or the incurrence of indebtedness that would enable us to effect a business combination with an operating business having a fair market value in excess of 80% of our net assets at the time of such an acquisition. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so.

Other than F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga and Kishore Mirchandani, who will be reimbursed for an aggregate of $148,000 in loans made to us in connection with this offering, none of our officers, directors or special advisors will receive any compensation prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, except for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on our behalf. We collectively refer to Messrs. Cherian, Kanuga and Mirchandani as our “founders” in this prospectus.

General Information

Our executive offices are located at 330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C, New York, New York 10016, in space made available to us at no cost by Suhel Kanuga, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. Our telephone number is (212) 681-6763.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Securities offered

8,500,000 units, at $8.00 per unit, each unit consisting of:

 

    one share of common stock; and

 

    one warrant.

 

 

The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Each of the common stock and warrants may trade separately on the 90th day after the date of this prospectus unless Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. determines that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. allow separate trading of the common stock and warrants until (i) we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and (ii) at least 5 days have passed since the distribution of our units in this offering has been completed. The distribution of the units in this offering will be completed once all the units have been sold, all stabilizing transactions have been completed and all penalty bids have either been reclaimed or withdrawn. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including an audited balance sheet, upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after our initial filing of a Form 8-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, or in an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating whether Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. has allowed separate trading of the common stock and warrants prior to the 90 th day after the date of this prospectus. Although we will not distribute copies of the Current Report on Form 8-K to individual unit holders, the Current Report will be available on the SEC’s website after its filing. For more information on where you can find a copy of these and other of our filings, see the section appearing elsewhere in the prospectus titled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Common stock:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

2,125,000 shares

 

Number to be outstanding after this offering

10,625,000 shares

 

3


Table of Contents

Warrants:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

2,250,000 warrants

 

Number to be outstanding after this offering

10,750,000 warrants

 

    Exercisability

Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock.

 

    Exercise price

$6.00

 

    Exercise period

The warrants will become exercisable on the later of:

 

    the completion of a business combination with a target business, and

 

    [             ], 2007 [one year from the date of this prospectus].

 

 

The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [             ], 2010 [four years from the date of this prospectus] or earlier upon redemption.

 

Redemption

We may redeem the outstanding warrants (other than the management warrants, but including those outstanding prior to this offering held by warrants issued upon exercise of the unit purchase option) with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co.’s prior consent:

 

    in whole and not in part,

 

    at a price of $0.01 per warrant at any time after the warrants become exercisable,

 

    upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, and

 

    if, and only if, the last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $11.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption.

 

 

We established the last criterion to provide warrant holders with a premium to the initial warrant exercise price, as well as a degree of liquidity to cushion the market reaction, if any, to our redemption call. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we call the warrants for redemption, the warrant holders will then be entitled to exercise their warrants prior to the date scheduled for redemption. However, there can be no assurance that the price of the common stock will exceed $11.50 or the warrant exercise price after the redemption call is made.

 

 

Since we may redeem the warrants only with the prior written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. may hold warrants subject to redemption, Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. may have a conflict of interest in determining whether or not to consent to such redemption. We cannot assure you that Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. will consent to such redemption if the exercise of the warrants is not in its best interest even if the exercise of the warrants is in our best interest.

 

4


Table of Contents

Proposed American Stock Exchange symbols for our:

 

    Units

MQC.U

 

    Common stock

MQC

 

    Warrants

MQC.WS

 

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

$66,320,000 of the proceeds of this offering and the sale of private placement warrants (approximately $7.80 per unit) will be placed in a trust account at The Bank of New York maintained by The Bank of New York, as trustee, pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. These proceeds consist of $64,770,000 from the proceeds payable to us, $2,250,000 from the proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants and $1,965,000 of the proceeds attributable to the deferred portion of the underwriting discount and representative’s non-accountable expense allowance.

 

 

The underwriters have agreed to defer a portion of the underwriting discount equal to 1.25% of the gross proceeds of this offering, or $850,000 ($977,500 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), and $1,115,000 of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance, until the consummation of our initial business combination. We believe that the deferment of a portion of the underwriting discount and representative’s non-accountable expense allowance and the placement of this amount in the trust account will benefit our stockholders because this will preserve more money for possible distribution to the investors in the event of liquidation prior to our initial business combination or in the event more than 20% of our public stockholders elect to convert their shares of common stock in connection with our initial business combination.

 

 

These proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier to occur of: (1) the completion of our initial business combination on the terms described in this prospectus and (2) our liquidation. Therefore, unless and until our initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering, expenses that we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business or the negotiation of an agreement to effect our initial business combination. However, up to an aggregate of $1,975,000 of the interest accrued on the amounts held in the trust account (net of taxes payable) will be released to us to fund a portion of our working capital requirements. Once an aggregate of $1,975,000 is released to us, all of the interest earned on the amounts held in the trust account (net of taxes payable) will remain in the trust account until we consummate our initial business combination or liquidate.

 

 

Upon the consummation of an initial business combination, the deferred underwriting discount equal to 1.25% of the gross proceeds

 

5


Table of Contents

of this offering and $1,115,000 of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance will be released to the representative of the underwriters out of the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account, less $7.80 plus accrued interest for each share of our common stock that our public stockholders elect to convert in connection with our initial business combination. The representative of the underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discount or the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance. The trust will pay taxes, if any, on the income, if any, earned by the proceeds held in trust from the income on such proceeds.

 

 

None of the warrants may be exercised until the later of one year after the date of this prospectus or the consummation of our initial business combination. After the proceeds of the trust account have been disbursed upon consummation of our initial business combination, the warrant exercise price, if exercised, will be paid directly to us.

 

 

We may use a portion of the interest earned by the principal in the trust account to make a deposit or fund a “no-shop” provision with respect to a prospective business combination. In the event that we are required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of a breach of the agreement relating to such payment or otherwise), we may not have sufficient working capital available to pay expenses related to locating a suitable business combination without securing additional financing. In such event, if we are unable to secure additional financing, we may not consummate a business combination in the proscribed time period and we will be forced to liquidate and dissolve.

 

Securities to be sold immediately prior to this offering

We anticipate that immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, we will privately sell 2,250,000 warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate of $2,250,000 to our officers, directors or special advisors, or any of their affiliates and other persons who own our common stock immediately prior to this offering which we refer to collectively as “existing stockholders” in this prospectus. All of the proceeds we receive from the sale of these warrants will be placed in the trust account upon the consummation of this offering. The privately placed warrants will be identical to the warrants offered by this prospectus except that they will be subject to lock up agreements restricting their sale until after the completion of a business combination, and as long as such warrants are held by the purchasers, they may be exercised on a cashless basis, such that in lieu of paying the aggregate exercise price for the shares of common stock being purchased upon exercise of the warrant in cash, the holder will relinquish a number of shares underlying the warrant with a market value equal to such aggregate exercise price. Accordingly, we would not receive additional proceeds to the extent the warrants are exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, the purchasers of the

 

6


Table of Contents
 

private placement warrants will waive their right to receive distributions upon our liquidation prior to a business combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the privately placed warrants.

 

Limited payments to insiders

We anticipate that a portion of the aggregate maximum of $1,975,000 that will be available to us from interest earned on the monies in the trust account for our working capital needs will be used to reimburse Messrs. Cherian and Kanuga for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with conducting full-time activities on our behalf in identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations. None of our other officers, directors or special advisors will receive any compensation prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, except for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them on our behalf.

 

Stockholders must approve business combination

We will seek stockholder approval before we effect our initial business combination, even if the nature of the acquisition would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law. In connection with the vote required for our initial business combination, all of our existing stockholders will have agreed pursuant to letter agreements with the Representative prior to this offering entered into to vote the shares of common stock owned by them, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders. We will proceed with a business combination only if (i) a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and (ii) public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering both vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights described below.

 

 

We view the procedures governing the approval of our initial business combination, each of which are set forth in our certificate of incorporation, as obligations to our public stockholders, and neither we nor our board of directors will propose, or seek stockholder approval of, any amendment of these procedures.

 

Conversion rights for stockholders voting to reject a business combination

Public stockholders voting against a business combination will be entitled to convert their stock into a pro rata share of the amount held in the trust account (including the amount held in the trust account representing the deferred portion of the underwriters’ fee and the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance) net of taxes payable, excluding up to $1,975,000 of interest earned on the monies in the trust account used by us as working capital, if the business combination is approved and completed. However, voting against the

 

7


Table of Contents
 

business combination alone will not result in an election to exercise a stockholder’s conversion rights. A stockholder must also affirmatively exercise such conversion rights at or prior to the time the business combination is voted upon by the stockholders. Public stockholders who convert their stock into a pro rata share of the trust account still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units. Our existing stockholders cannot convert their common stock, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, into a pro rata share of the trust account if a business combination is approved.

 

 

Investors in this offering that do not subsequently sell, or who receive less than $6.00 for the warrants included in the units once separate trading of the common stock and warrants commences, or public stockholders that have purchased common stock in the after market at a price in excess of $6.00 per share, may have a disincentive to exercise their conversion rights because the amount they would

 

receive upon conversion could be less than their original or adjusted purchase price.

 

Liquidation if no business combination

If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. Upon dissolution, we will promptly distribute only to our public stockholders the amount in our trust account (including the amount held in the trust account representing the deferred portion of the underwriters’ fee and the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance but subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could be prior to the claims of our public stockholders) plus any remaining net assets. We will not seek approval of our stockholders to amend our charter to allow us to survive for a longer period of time if it does not appear we will be able to consummate a business combination within the foregoing time periods. Our existing stockholders will have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to their initial

 

8


Table of Contents
 

shares and their shares included within the initial units (but not with respect to shares of common stock purchased in the after market). We will pay the costs of liquidation and dissolution from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have agreed pursuant to letter agreements with the underwriters to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation.

 

Escrow of existing stockholders’ shares

On the date of this prospectus, all of our existing stockholders will place all shares owned immediately prior to this offering into an escrow account maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as escrow agent. Subject to certain limited exceptions, (such as transfers to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, while remaining in escrow), these shares will not be transferable during the escrow period and will not be released from escrow until six months after the consummation of a business combination.

Risks

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should also note that our financial statements contain a statement indicating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on us raising funds in this offering. Additionally, our existing stockholders’ initial equity investment is below that which is required under the guidelines of the North American Securities Administrators’ Association, Inc.

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented below.

 

     March 31, 2006
     Actual     As Adjusted

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Working (deficiency) capital

   $ (201,464 )   $ 66,393,500

Total assets

   $ 245,966     $ 66,393,500

Total liabilities

   $ 226,466     $ 1,965,000

Value of common stock which may be converted to cash (approximately $7.80 per share without taking into account interest earned on the trust account)

   $ —       $ 13,257,368

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 19,500     $ 51,171,132

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus, including the application of the estimated net proceeds from their sale, the receipt of approximately $2,250,000 from the sale of private placement warrants immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such unit sale.

The actual working capital deficit excludes $220,964 of registration costs that have been paid or accrued through March 31, 2006. These deferred offering costs have been recorded as an asset and will be charged to stockholders’ equity upon consummation of this offering.

The “as adjusted” working capital and total assets amounts include $64,355,000 being held in the trust account (excluding the amount held in the trust account representing the $850,000 deferred portion of the underwriters’ fee and $1,115,000 deferred portion of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance), which will be available to us only upon the consummation of a business combination within the time period described in this prospectus. If a business combination is not so consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account, including any accrued but undistributed interest, will be distributed solely to our public stockholders.

We will not proceed with a business combination if public stockholders owning 20% or more of the common stock sold in this offering both vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights. Accordingly, if we have the requisite majority vote we may effect a business combination even if stockholders that own up to approximately 19.99% of the outstanding shares of common stock exercise their conversion rights and vote against the business combination. In such event, we will be required, promptly following the completion of a business combination, to convert to cash up to approximately 19.99% of the 8,500,000 shares sold in this offering, or 1,699,150 shares of common stock, at an initial per-share conversion price of approximately $7.80, without taking into account interest earned on the trust account. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to:

 

    the amount in the trust account, including all accrued but undistributed interest, as of two business days prior to the completion of the proposed business combination,

 

    divided by the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a development stage company with no operating history and very limited resources and our financial statements contain a statement indicating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on us raising funds in this offering.

We are a recently incorporated development stage company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We have no present revenue and will not generate any revenues (other than interest income on the proceeds from this offering) until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm includes an explanatory paragraph that states certain factors, including the fact that the Company’s business plan is dependent upon the consummation of this offering, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The audited balance sheet does not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our ability to continue as a going concern.

Since we have not yet selected a target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

Although we intend to focus our efforts on businesses with primary operations in India, we are not limited to any particular industry or type of business. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business that we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business operating in India, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

We may not be able to consummate a business combination within the required time frame, in which case, we would be forced to liquidate.

We must complete a business combination with a fair market value of at least 80% of our net assets (excluding the deferred underwriters’ discount and representative’s non-accountable expense allowance held in the trust account for) at the time of acquisition within 18 months after the consummation of this offering (or within 24 months after the consummation of this offering if a letter of intent, agreement in principle or a definitive agreement has been executed within 18 months after the consummation of this offering and the business combination relating thereto has not yet been consummated within such 18-month period). We may not be able to find suitable target businesses within the required time frame. In addition, our negotiating position and our ability to conduct adequate due diligence on any potential target may be reduced as we approach the deadline for the consummation of a business combination. We do not have any specific merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination under consideration and have not had any discussions,

 

11


Table of Contents

formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan.

If we do not consummate a business combination and dissolve, payments from the trust account to our public stockholders may be delayed.

If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. We currently believe that any plan of dissolution and liquidation subsequent to the expiration of the 16 and 22-month deadlines would proceed in approximately the following manner:

 

    our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan;

 

    upon such deadline, we would file our preliminary proxy statement with the SEC;

 

    if the SEC does not review the preliminary proxy statement, then, 10 days following the passing of such deadline, we will mail the proxy statements to our stockholders, and 30 days following the passing of such deadline we will convene a meeting of our stockholders, at which they will either approve or reject our plan of dissolution and liquidation; and

 

    if the SEC does review the preliminary proxy statement, we currently estimate that we will receive its comments 30 days following the passing of such deadline. We will mail the proxy statements to our stockholders following the conclusion of the comment and review process (the length of which we cannot predict with any certainty, and which may be substantial) and we will convene a meeting of our stockholders at which they will either approve or reject our plan of dissolution and liquidation.

In the event we seek stockholder approval for a plan of dissolution and liquidation and do not obtain such approval, we will nonetheless continue to pursue stockholder approval for our dissolution. The funds held in our trust account may not be distributed except upon our dissolution and, unless and until such approval is obtained from our stockholders, the funds held in our trust account will not be released. Consequently, holders of a majority of our outstanding stock must approve our dissolution in order to receive the funds held in our trust account and the funds will not be available for any other corporate purpose.

These procedures, or a vote to reject any plan of dissolution and liquidation by our stockholders, may result in substantial delays in the liquidation of our trust account to our public stockholders as part of our plan of dissolution and liquidation.

 

12


Table of Contents

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may only be invested by the trustee in Treasury Bills issued by the United States with maturity dates of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to avoid being deemed an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities. The trust account and the purchase of government securities for the trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earlier to occur of either: (i) the consummation of a business combination, or (ii) our liquidation and distribution of the funds held in this trust account to our public stockholders as part of our plan of dissolution and liquidation. Notwithstanding our belief that we are not required to comply with the requirements of such act, in the event that the stockholders do not approve a plan of dissolution and liquidation and the funds remain in the trust account for an indeterminable amount of time, we may be considered to be an investment company and thus required to comply with such act. If we were deemed to be subject to the act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense that we have not allotted for.

If we are forced to liquidate before a business combination, our public stockholders will receive less than $8.00 per share upon distribution of the funds held in the trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

If we are unable to complete a business combination and are forced to liquidate our assets, the per-share liquidation will be less than $8.00 because of the expenses related to this offering, our general and administrative expenses and the anticipated costs of seeking a business combination. Furthermore, the warrants will expire worthless if we liquidate before the completion of a business combination.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering and the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a blank check company under the United States securities laws. However, since our securities are listed on the American Stock Exchange, we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC upon consummation of this offering including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will become tradeable and we will have a longer period of time to complete a business combination in certain circumstances than we would if we were subject to such rules.

Under Delaware law, the requirements and restrictions relating to this offering contained in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, which could reduce or eliminate the protection afforded to our stockholders by such requirements and restrictions.

Our certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the consummation of a business combination. Specifically, our certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

 

    upon consummation of this offering, a certain amount of the net proceeds of the offering will be placed into the trust account, which proceeds may not be disbursed from the trust account except in connection with, or following a business combination, upon our liquidation or as otherwise permitted in the certificate of incorporation;

 

    prior to the consummation of a business combination, we will submit such business combination to our stockholders for approval;

 

13


Table of Contents
    we may consummate the business combination only if approved by a majority of our stockholders and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights;

 

    if a business combination is approved and consummated, public stockholders who voted against the business combination and exercised their conversion rights will receive their pro rata share of the trust account; and

 

    if a business combination is not consummated or a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement is not signed within the time periods specified in this prospectus, then we will be dissolved and distribute to all of our public stockholders their pro rata share of the trust account and any remaining net assets.

Under Delaware law, the foregoing requirements and restrictions may be amended if our Board of Directors adopts a resolution declaring the advisability of an amendment which is then approved by a majority of our stockholders of our outstanding shares. Such an amendment could reduce or eliminate the protection that such requirements and restrictions afford to our stockholders. However, pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, neither we nor the Board of Directors will propose or seek stockholder approval of any amendment of these provisions.

Because there are numerous companies with a business plan similar to ours seeking to effectuate a business combination, it may be more difficult for us to do so.

Based on publicly available information, from August 2003 through June 16, 2006, approximately 64 similarly structured blank check companies have completed initial public offerings, including two with a specific focus on Indian target businesses, and numerous others have filed registration statements. Of these companies, only seven companies have consummated a business combination, while 17 other companies have announced that they have entered into definitive agreements or letters of intent with respect to potential business combinations, but have not yet consummated such business combinations. Accordingly, there are approximately 40 blank check companies with more than $3.0 billion in trust, and potentially an additional 35 blank check companies with more than $2.6 billion in trust that have filed registration statements and are or will be seeking to enter into a business combination. While some of these companies have specific industries in which they must identify a potential target business, a number of these companies may consummate a business combination in any industry and/or geographic location they choose. As a result, we may be subject to competition from these and other companies seeking to consummate a business combination within any of our target sectors, which, in turn, will result in an increased demand for privately-held companies in these industries. Because of this competition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectuate a business combination within the required time period. Further, because only 24 of such companies have either consummated a business combination or entered into a definitive agreement for a business combination, it may indicate that there are fewer attractive target businesses available to such entities or that many privately-held target businesses are not inclined to enter into these types of transactions with publicly-held blank check companies like ours. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully compete for an attractive business combination. Additionally, because of this competition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectuate a business combination within the prescribed time period. If we are unable to consummate a business combination within the prescribed time period, we will be forced to liquidate.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds, operating businesses and other entities and individuals, both foreign and domestic, competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale

 

14


Table of Contents

of the private placement warrants, together with additional financing if available, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Further:

 

    our obligation to seek stockholder approval of a business combination may delay the consummation of a transaction;

 

    our obligation to convert our shares of common stock into cash in certain instances may reduce the resources available for a business combination; and

 

    our outstanding warrants and the future dilution they potentially represent may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

We may have insufficient resources to cover our operating expenses and the expenses of consummating a business combination.

We intend to utilize approximately $1,975,000 of the interest earned by the principal in the trust account to cover our operating expenses for the next 18 months (or 24 months if a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement has been executed within 18 months after consummation of this offering and the business combination has not yet been consummated within such 18 month period) and to cover the expenses incurred in connection with a business combination. This amount is based on our management’s estimate of the amount needed to fund our operations for the next 18 to 24 months and to consummate a business combination. This estimate may prove inaccurate, especially if we expend a significant portion of the available proceeds in pursuit of a business combination that is not consummated. Additionally, although we have no present intention to do so, it is possible that we will in the future find it necessary or desirable to use a portion of these funds to make a down payment or deposit or fund a lock-up or “no-shop” provision, with respect to a potential business combination. If so, any such amount would be based on the terms of the specific transaction and the amount of available funds at the time. If we use a significant portion of our funds for such a purpose and we are required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach of the agreement relating to the original payment or otherwise), we could, if such payment was large enough and we had already used some or all of the funds allocated to due diligence and related expenses in connection with the aborted transaction, be left with insufficient funds to continue searching for, or to conduct due diligence with respect to, other potential target businesses. In that event, we may be required to liquidate before the completion of a business combination. If we do not have sufficient proceeds available to fund our expenses, we may be forced to obtain additional financing, either from our existing stockholders or from third parties. We may not be able to obtain additional financing, and our existing stockholders are not obligated to provide any additional financing to us. If we do not have sufficient proceeds and are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be forced to liquidate prior to consummating a business combination.

We will be partially dependent upon interest earned on the trust account to fund our search for a target company and consummation of a business combination.

We will be partially dependent upon sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to provide us with the working capital we will need to search for a target company and consummate a business combination. While we expect to utilize up to a maximum of $1,975,000, for such purpose, if interest rates were to decline substantially, we may not have sufficient funds available to complete a business combination. If we do not have sufficient proceeds available to fund our expenses, we may be forced to obtain additional financing, either from our directors and officers or from third parties. We may not be able to obtain additional financing, and our existing stockholders are not obligated to provide any additional financing. If we do not have sufficient proceeds and cannot find additional financing, we may be forced to liquidate prior to consummating a business combination.

 

15


Table of Contents

A significant portion of working capital could be expended in pursuing acquisitions that are not consummated.

It is anticipated that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. In addition, we may opt to make down payments or pay exclusivity or similar fees in connection with structuring and negotiating a business combination. If a decision is made not to complete a specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that point in connection with the abandoned transaction, potentially including down payments or exclusivity or similar fees, would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate the transaction for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control such as that more than approximately 19.99% of our public stockholders vote against the transaction even though a majority of our public stockholders approve the transaction. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by stockholders will be less than $7.80 per share.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with, execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public stockholders. If we liquidate before the completion of a business combination and distribute the proceeds held in trust to our public stockholders, F. Jacob Cherian and Suhel Kanuga have severally agreed, pursuant to written agreements with us and the representative of the underwriters, that they will be personally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by vendors, service providers or prospective target businesses that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. However, we cannot assure you that they will be able to satisfy those obligations nor can we assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust account will not be less than $7.80, plus interest, due to such claims.

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us that is not dismissed, the funds held in our trust account will be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our public stockholders. To the extent bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public stockholders at least $7.80 per share.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our

 

16


Table of Contents

stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. Under Sections 280 through 282 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. If the corporation complies with certain procedures intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to make liquidating distributions to our stockholders as soon as reasonably possible after dissolution and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such dissolution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from our stockholders amounts owed to them by us.

Failure to maintain a current prospectus relating to the common stock underlying our warrants may deprive our warrants of any value and the market for our warrants may be limited.

No warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of our warrants. Under the terms of a warrant agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us, we have agreed to meet these conditions and to use our best efforts to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. The warrants may be deprived of any value and the market for the warrants may be limited if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.

The ability of our stockholders to exercise their conversion rights may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination.

At the time we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each public stockholder the right to have such stockholder’s shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder so elects and votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Accordingly, if our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many stockholders may exercise such conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third-party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of stockholders exercise their conversion rights than we expected. Therefore, we may not be able to consummate a business combination that requires us to use all of the funds held in the trust account as part of the purchase price, or we may end up having a leverage ratio that is not optimal for our business combination. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

Our outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of common stock and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

In connection with this offering, as part of the units, we will be issuing warrants to purchase 8,500,000 shares of common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option). We also anticipate that immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, we will privately sell 2,250,000 warrants, at a price of $1.00

 

17


Table of Contents

per warrant, for an aggregate of $2,250,000 to our existing stockholders, including our officers, directors or special advisors, or any of their affiliates. All of the proceeds we receive from the private placement offering will be placed in the trust account upon the consummation of this offering. The privately placed warrants will be identical to the warrants offered by this prospectus except that they will be subject to lock up agreements restricting their sale until after the completion of a business combination, and they may be exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, the purchasers of the private placement warrants will waive their right to receive distributions upon our liquidation prior to a business combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the privately placed warrants.

In addition, we have agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters an option to purchase up to a total of 850,000 units, which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of warrants to purchase an additional 850,000 shares of common stock. To the extent we issue shares of common stock to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of substantial numbers of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business as such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of a target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the warrants could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future public financing. If and to the extent these warrants are exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

We may issue additional shares of our capital stock, including through convertible debt securities, to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our stockholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 45,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 5,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), there will be 21,925,000 authorized but unissued shares of our common stock (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of shares upon full exercise of our outstanding warrants and the purchase option granted to the representative of the underwriters) and all of the 5,000 shares of preferred stock available for issuance. Although we have no commitments as of the date of this offering to issue any securities, we may issue a substantial number of additional shares of our common stock, or preferred stock, or a combination of both, including through convertible debt securities, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of our common stock or any number of shares of preferred stock, including upon conversion of any debt securities:

 

    may significantly reduce the equity interest of our stockholders;

 

    may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded to our common stockholders;

 

    will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and may also result in the resignation or removal of one or more of our present officers and directors; and

 

    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock, warrants or units.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this offering to incur any debt, we may choose to incur a substantial amount of debt to finance a business combination. The incurrence of debt could result in:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

 

18


Table of Contents
    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant is breached without a waiver or renegotiation of such covenants;

 

    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

 

    our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contained covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding;

 

    using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock, working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

    limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

 

    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

 

    other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

Any of the above listed factors could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, if our debt bears interest at floating rates, our interest expense could increase if interest rates rise. If we do not have sufficient earnings to service any debt incurred, we could need to refinance all or part of that debt, sell assets, borrow more money or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we will be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Our current officers and directors may resign upon consummation of a business combination.

Upon consummation of a business combination, the role of our founding officers in the target business cannot presently be fully ascertained. While it is possible that one or more of our founding officers will remain in senior management following a business combination, we may employ other personnel following the business combination. If we acquired a target business in an all cash transaction, it would be more likely that our founding officers and certain of our directors would remain with us if they chose to do so. If a business combination were structured as a merger whereby the stockholders of the target company were to control the combined company, following a business combination, it may be less likely that our founding officers would remain with the combined company unless it was negotiated as part of the transaction via the acquisition agreement, an employment agreement or other arrangement. If our founding officers negotiate to be retained post business combination as a condition to any potential business combination, such negotiations may result in a conflict of interest. The ability of such individuals to remain with us after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. In making the determination as to whether current management should remain with us following the business combination, we will analyze the experience and skill set of the target business’ management and negotiate as part of the business combination that certain of our founding officers and directors remain if it is believed that it is in the best interests of the combined company post business combination. Although we intend to closely scrutinize any additional individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our officers, directors and special advisors are and may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers, directors and special advisors are, or may in the future become, affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted

 

19


Table of Contents

by us. Additionally, our directors and special advisors may become aware of business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are or may be affiliated. Our directors and special advisors involved in businesses similar to what we may intend to conduct following a business combination may have fiduciary or contractual obligations to present opportunities to those entities first. We cannot assure you that any such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Because all of our existing stockholders, including our officers and directors, own shares of our securities that will not participate in liquidation distributions, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Our existing stockholders, including our officers and directors, own or, upon consummation of this offering, will own, in the aggregate, 2,125,000 shares of our common stock and 2,250,000 private placement warrants. The existing stockholders have waived their right to receive distributions (other than with respect to units they may purchase in this offering or common stock they purchase in the aftermarket) upon our liquidation prior to a business combination. The shares and warrants owned by our existing stockholders will be worthless if we do not consummate a business combination. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our officers’ and directors’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our public stockholders’ best interest.

Prospective target business’ compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Our prospective target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

It is probable that we will only be able to complete one business combination, which may cause us to be solely dependent on a single business and a limited number of products or services.

The net proceeds from this offering and the private placement warrants, including the $1,965,000 deferred portion of the underwriters’ fee and representative’s non-accountable expense allowance, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $575,000, will provide us with approximately $66,320,000 (subject to reduction resulting from stockholders electing to convert their shares into cash), which we may use to complete a business combination. While we may seek to effect a business combination with more than one target business, our initial business acquisition must be with one or more operating businesses whose fair market value, collectively, is at least equal to 80% of our net assets (excluding any deferred fees held in the trust account for the benefit of the underwriters) at the time of such acquisition. We have no limitation on our ability to raise additional funds through the private sale of securities or the incurrence of indebtedness that would enable us to effect a business combination with an operating business having a fair market value in excess of 80% of our net assets at the time of such an acquisition. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. At the time of our initial business combination, we may not be able to acquire more than one target business because of various factors, including insufficient financing or the difficulties involved in consummating the contemporaneous acquisition of more than one operating company. Therefore, it is probable that we will have the ability to complete a business combination with only a single operating business, which may have only a limited number of products or services. The resulting lack of diversification may:

 

    result in our dependency upon the performance of a single or small number of operating businesses;

 

    result in our dependency upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services; and

 

20


Table of Contents
    subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

In this case, we will not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities that may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry so as to diversify risks and offset losses. Further, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of the initial target business or businesses we acquire.

Our loss of the services of F. Jacob Cherian and Suhel Kanuga would make it more difficult to find a suitable company for a business combination which makes it more likely that we will be forced to distribute the proceeds of our trust account to our stockholders.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination will be largely dependent upon the efforts of F. Jacob Cherian and Suhel Kanuga, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary respectively. We have not entered into an employment agreement with either Mr. Cherian or Mr. Kanuga, nor have we obtained any “key man” life insurance on either of their lives. The loss of Mr. Cherian’s and/or Mr. Kanuga’s services could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully achieve our business objectives, including seeking a suitable target business to effect a business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

We may be deemed to be an investment company, as defined under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, if, following the offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, we are viewed as engaging in the business of investing in securities or we own investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of our total assets. If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

 

    restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

 

    restrictions on our issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

 

    registration as an investment company;

 

    adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

 

    reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

We do not believe that our anticipated activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act of 1940 as the net proceeds of this offering and sale of warrants in our private placement offering that are to be held in trust may only be invested by the trust agent in “government securities” with specific maturity dates. By restricting the investment of the trust account to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940. If we were deemed to be subject to the act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense that we have not allotted for.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our existing stockholders paid an aggregate of $29,000, or an average of approximately $0.01 per share for their shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our common stock.

The difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering and the private placement offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. The fact that our existing stockholders acquired their shares of common stock at a nominal price has significantly contributed to this dilution. Assuming the offering and the private placement offering are completed, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 28.4% or $2.27 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $5.73 and the initial offering price of $8.00 per unit).

Our existing stockholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring stockholder vote.

Upon consummation of this offering, our existing stockholders will collectively own approximately 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and warrants (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering). Any exercise of these warrants would increase their ownership percentage. These holdings could allow the existing stockholders to influence the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions after completion of our initial business combination.

If the sale of 500,000 shares to our officers and directors for an aggregate of $4,000 in cash, was not conducted in compliance with applicable Federal securities laws, our officers and directors may have the right to rescind their share purchases. The rescission rights, if any, may require us to refund an aggregate of $4,000 to our officers and directors, thereby reducing the amount in the trust account available to us to consummate a business combination, or, in the event we do not complete a business combination within the period prescribed by this offering, the amount available to our public stockholders upon our liquidation.

Although we believe that we conducted the sale of shares to our officers and directors pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Act, as they were sold to accredited individuals who were existing stockholders of the Company, there is a risk that the shares should have been registered under the Act. If such persons choose to rescind, we may be required to refund an aggregate of $4,000, plus interest, to our officers and directors, thereby reducing the amount in the trust account available to us to consummate a business combination, or, in the event we do not complete a business combination within the period prescribed by this offering, the amount available to our public stockholders upon our liquidation.

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which could adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Therefore, stockholders should be aware that they cannot benefit from information about prior market history as to their decisions to invest which means they are at further risk if they invest. In addition, the price of the securities, after the offering, can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be maintained. Investors may be unable to sell their securities unless a market can be established or maintained.

The American Stock Exchange may delist our securities from trading on its exchange in the future, which could limit our investors’ ability to effect transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities have been accepted for listing on the American Stock Exchange. However, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the American Stock Exchange in the future. In addition, in

 

22


Table of Contents

connection with our initial business combination, if any, it is likely that the American Stock Exchange may require us to file a new listing application and meet its initial listing requirements, as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If the American Stock Exchange delists our securities from trading on its exchange in the future, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

    a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” that will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

 

    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

 

    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

If our common stock becomes subject to the SEC’s penny stock rules, broker-dealers may experience difficulty in completing customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected.

Our common stock may be subject to the penny stock rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, unless our net tangible assets are greater than $5,000,000 or our common stock has a market price per share greater than $5.00. Under these rules, broker-dealers who recommend such securities to persons other than institutional accredited investors must:

 

    make a special written suitability determination for the purchaser;

 

    receive the purchaser’s written agreement to a transaction prior to sale;

 

    provide the purchaser with risk disclosure documents that identify certain risks associated with investing in “penny stocks” and that describe the market for these “penny stocks,” as well as a purchaser’s legal remedies; and

 

    obtain a signed and dated acknowledgment from the purchaser demonstrating that the purchaser has actually received the required risk disclosure document before a transaction in “penny stock” can be completed.

If our common stock becomes subject to these rules, broker-dealers may find it difficult to effect customer transactions and trading activity in our securities may be adversely affected. As a result, the market price of our securities may be depressed, and you may find it more difficult to sell our securities.

Risks Associated with Companies with Primary Operations in India

Political, economic, social and other factors in India may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objective.

Since mid-1991, the Indian government has committed itself to implementing an economic structural reform program with the objective of liberalizing India’s exchange and trade policies, reducing the fiscal deficit, controlling inflation, promoting a sound monetary policy, reforming the financial sector, and placing greater reliance on market mechanisms to direct economic activity. A significant component of the program is the promotion of foreign investment in key areas of the economy and the further development of, and the relaxation of restrictions in, the private sector. These policies have been coupled with the express intention to redirect the government’s central planning function away from the allocation of resources and toward the issuance of specific guidelines. While the government’s policies have resulted in improved economic performance, there can be no assurance that the economic recovery will be sustained. Moreover, there can be no assurance that these economic

 

23


Table of Contents

reforms will persist, and that any newly elected government will continue the program of economic liberalization of previous governments. Any change may adversely affect Indian laws and policies with respect to foreign investment and currency exchange. Such changes in economic policies could negatively affect the general business and economic conditions in India, which could in turn affect us and our ability to achieve our business objective.

Religious and border disputes persist in India and remain pressing problems. For example, India has from time to time experienced civil unrest and hostilities with neighboring countries such as Pakistan. The longstanding dispute with Pakistan over the border Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, a majority of whose population is Muslim, remains unresolved. If the Indian government is unable to control the violence and disruption associated with these tensions, the results could destabilize the economy and, consequently, adversely affect us and our ability to achieve our business objective.

Since early 2003, there have also been military hostilities and civil unrest in Afghanistan, Iraq and other Asian countries. These events could adversely influence the Indian economy and, as a result, negatively affect us and our ability to achieve our business objective.

Foreign currency fluctuations could adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objective.

Because our business objective is to acquire one or more operating businesses with primary operations in India, changes in the U.S. dollar—Indian rupee exchange rate may affect our ability to achieve such objective. The exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in the last two decades and may fluctuate substantially in the future. If the U.S. dollar declines in value against the Indian rupee, any business combination will be more expensive and therefore more difficult to complete. Furthermore, we may incur costs in connection with conversions between U.S. dollars and Indian rupees, which may make it more difficult to consummate a business combination.

Exchange controls that exist in India may limit our ability to utilize our cash flow effectively following a business combination.

Following a business combination, we will be subject to India’s rules and regulations on currency conversion. In India, the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, or FERA, regulates the conversion of the Indian rupee into foreign currencies. FERA provisions previously imposed restrictions on locally incorporated companies with foreign equity holdings in excess of 40% known as FERA companies. Following a business combination, we will likely be a FERA company as a result of our ownership structure. However, comprehensive amendments have been made to FERA to add strength to the liberalizations announced in their recent economic policies. Such companies are now permitted to operate in India without any special restrictions, effectively placing them on par with wholly Indian owned companies. In addition, foreign exchange controls have been substantially relaxed. Notwithstanding, the Indian foreign exchange market is not yet fully developed and we cannot assure you that the Indian authorities will not revert back to regulating FERA companies and impose new restrictions on the convertibility of the Rupee. Any future restrictions on currency exchanges may limit our ability to use our cash flow for the distribution of dividends to our stockholders or to fund operations we may have outside of India.

Certain sectors of the Indian economy are subject to government regulations that limit foreign ownership, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objective which is to acquire one or more operating businesses with primary operations in India.

The Indian government prohibits investments in certain sectors and limits the ownership in certain other sectors. We intend to avoid sectors in which foreign investment is disallowed. This could limit the possible number of acquisitions that are available for investment. The Indian government also regulates investments in certain other sectors (e.g. banking) by periodically reviewing and adjusting the permissible amount of foreign

 

24


Table of Contents

ownership. The management team will evaluate the risk associated with investments in sectors in which ownership is restricted. However, there can be no guarantee that management will be correct in its assessment of political and policy risk associated with investments in general and in particular in sectors that are regulated by the Indian government. Any changes in policy could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our business objective which is to acquire one or more operating businesses with primary operations in India.

If the relevant Indian authorities find us or the target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination to be in violation of any existing or future Indian laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:

 

    levying fines;

 

    revoking our business and other licenses; and

 

    requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations.

Returns on investment in Indian companies may be decreased by withholding and other taxes.

Our investments in India will incur tax risk unique to investment in India and in developing economies in general. Income that might otherwise not be subject to withholding of local income tax under normal international conventions may be subject to withholding of Indian income tax. Under treaties with India and under local Indian income tax law, income is generally sourced in India and subject to Indian tax if paid from India. This is true whether or not the services or the earning of the income would normally be considered as from sources outside India in other contexts. Additionally, proof of payment of withholding taxes may be required as part of the remittance procedure. Any withholding taxes paid by us on income from our investments in India may or may not be creditable on our income tax returns.

We intend to avail ourselves of income tax treaties with India to seek to minimize any Indian withholding tax or local tax otherwise imposed. However, there is no assurance that the Indian tax authorities will recognize application of such treaties to achieve a minimization of Indian tax. We may also elect to create foreign subsidiaries to effect the business combinations to attempt to limit the potential tax consequences of a business combination.

If political relations between the U.S. and India weaken, it could make a target business’ operations less attractive.

The relationship between the United States and India may deteriorate over time. Changes in political conditions in India and changes in the state of Indian—U.S. relations are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our future operations or cause potential target businesses to become less attractive. This could lead to a decline in our profitability. Any weakening of relations with India could have a material adverse effect on our operations after a successful completion of a business combination.

India has different corporate disclosure, governance and regulatory requirements than those in the United States which may make it more difficult or complex to consummate a business combination.

Companies in India are subject to accounting, auditing, regulatory and financial standards and requirements that differ, in some cases significantly, from those applicable to public companies in the United States, which may make it more difficult or complex to consummate a business combination. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an Indian company may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had such financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. There is substantially less publicly available information about Indian companies than there is about United States companies. Moreover, companies in India are not subject to the same degree of regulation as are United States companies with respect to such matters as insider trading rules, tender offer regulation, stockholder proxy requirements and the timely disclosure of information.

 

25


Table of Contents

Legal principles relating to corporate affairs and the validity of corporate procedures, directors’ fiduciary duties and liabilities and stockholders’ rights for Indian corporations may differ from those that may apply in the U.S., which may make the consummation of a business combination with an Indian company more difficult. We therefore may have more difficulty in achieving our business objective.

The requirement that Indian companies provide accounting statements that are in compliance with GAAP may limit the potential number of acquisition targets.

To meet the requirements of the United States federal securities laws, in order to seek stockholder approval of a business combination, a proposed target business will be required to have certain financial statements which are prepared in accordance with, or which can be reconciled to GAAP and audited in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards, or GAAS. GAAP and GAAS compliance may limit the potential number of acquisition targets.

Because the Indian judiciary will determine the scope and enforcement under Indian law of almost all of our target business’ material agreements, we may be unable to enforce our rights inside and outside of India.

Indian law will govern almost all of our target business’ material agreements, some of which may be with Indian governmental agencies. We cannot assure you that the target business or businesses will be able to enforce any of their material agreements or that remedies will be available outside of India. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements may have a material adverse impact on our future operations.

Investors may have difficulty enforcing judgments against our management or our target business.

After the consummation of a business combination, it is likely that substantially all or a significant portion of our assets will be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors may reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under federal securities laws. Moreover, we have been advised that India does not have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States.

 

26


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be as set forth in the following table:

 

     Without
Over-Allotment
Option
  

Over-
Allotment

Option
Exercised

Gross proceeds (1)

     

Offering gross proceeds

   $ 68,000,000    $ 78,200,000

Gross proceeds from private sale of warrants

     2,250,000      2,250,000

Total

     70,250,000      80,450,000

Offering expenses (2)

     

Underwriting discount (4.75% of gross proceeds) (3)

     3,230,000      3,714,500

Underwriting non-accountable expense allowance (1.75% of gross proceeds without the over-allotment option exercised) (4)

     75,000      75,000

Legal fees and expenses (including blue sky services and expenses)

     325,000      325,000

Printing and engraving expenses

     75,000      75,000

Accounting fees and expenses

     45,000      45,000

SEC registration fee

     16,171      16,171

NASD registration fee

     15,613      15,613

American Stock Exchange filing and listing fee

     70,000      70,000

Miscellaneous expenses (5)

     28,216      28,216

Total

     3,880,000      4,364,500

Net proceeds

     

Held in trust (6)

     66,320,000      76,035,500

Not held in trust (7)

     50,000      50,000

Total net proceeds

   $ 66,370,000    $ 76,085,500

Working capital-funded from net proceeds not held in trust and interest earned on monies held in trust (8)

     

Legal, accounting and other fees and expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring, negotiation and completion of a business combination

   $ 525,000    $ 525,000

General and administrative services

     240,000      240,000

Internal due diligence and investigation of prospective target businesses

     450,000      450,000

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

     170,000      170,000

Working capital for relocation to India, miscellaneous expenses, director and officer insurance and reserves

     640,000      640,000

Total

   $ 2,025,000    $ 2,025,000

(1) Excludes the payment of $100 from Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. for its purchase option, proceeds from the sale of units under the purchase option and proceeds from the exercise of any warrants.
(2) $148,000 of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the American Stock Exchange filing fee and a portion of the non-accountable expense allowance and legal and audit fees, have been paid from loans we received from F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga and Kishore Mirchandani described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust upon consummation of this offering.
(3) This amount excludes underwriting fees of 1.25% of the gross proceeds of the offering, or $850,000, or $977,500 if the overallotment is exercised in full, which the underwriters have agreed to defer until the consummation of our initial business combination. Upon the consummation of our initial business combination, we will pay such deferred fee to the underwriters out of the proceeds of this offering held in a trust account maintained by The Bank of New York, acting as trustee.

 

27


Table of Contents
(4) This amount excludes $1,115,000 deferred balance of the representative’s 1.75% non-accountable expense allowance, which the representative has agreed to defer until the consummation of our initial business combination. Upon the consummation of our initial business combination, we will pay such deferred balance to the representative of the underwriters out of the proceeds of this offering held in a trust account maintained by The Bank of New York, acting as trustee.
(5) Miscellaneous expenses include additional expenses that may be incurred by us in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.
(6) This amount includes funds received from the proceeds of this offering, after deducting expenses, of which 1.25% of the gross proceeds of this offering representing a portion of the underwriter’s fees, or $850,000 ($977,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full), and the $1,115,000 balance of the representative’s 1.75% non-accountable expense allowance have been deferred and are payable from the proceeds held in the trust account upon consummation of a business combination. Also includes $2,250,000 to be received immediately prior to the date of this prospectus from the private sale of warrants. The proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination.
(7) The amount represents the initial funding of working capital. The remaining portion of working capital will be funded from the interest earned on monies in escrow.
(8) Approximately $1,975,000 of working capital will be funded from the interest earned from the net proceeds held in trust payable on a monthly basis. The net proceeds of this offering held in the trust account will only be invested in United States “government securities,” defined as any Treasury Bill issued by the United States having a maturity of one hundred and eighty days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. We believe that the interest earned from the trust proceeds held in trust will generate sufficient funding to satisfy our working requirements. Because the initial working capital of $50,000 is being funded from proceeds of this offering, we do not expect that we will need to rely on advances from our officers prior to the receipt of interest earned from the proceeds held in trust.

Our agreement with The Bank of New York, as trustee, permits us to utilize up to $1,975,000 of the interest earned upon monies in the trust for working capital. We intend to use the working capital for director and officer liability insurance premiums and general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and secretarial support, with the balance being held in reserve for other expenses, such as relocation of our full-time officers to India, due diligence, legal, accounting, and other fees for structuring and negotiating business combinations, and deposits, down payments and/or funding of “no shop” provisions in connection with business combinations as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our existing stockholders in connection with activities undertaken on our behalf as described below. This arrangement is for our benefit and is not intended to provide our existing stockholders or special advisors with any other compensation prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. We believe that our working capital will be sufficient to cover the foregoing expenses and reimbursement costs.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering and the private sale of warrants as discussed below, to acquire one or more businesses that have operations primarily in India. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account that are not used for such purpose as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used to finance the operations of the target business.

Some of our officers and directors may choose to purchase securities in this offering. However, none of them are obligated to do so and we do not have any agreements or arrangements with any of them requiring them to purchase securities in this offering.

We anticipate that immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, we will privately sell 2,250,000 warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate of $2,250,000 to our existing stockholders, including

 

28


Table of Contents

our officers, directors or special advisors, or any of their affiliates. All of the proceeds we receive from the sale of these private placement warrants will be placed in the trust account upon the consummation of this offering. The privately placed warrants will be identical to the warrants offered by this prospectus except that they will be subject to lock up agreements restricting their sale until after the completion of a business combination, and they may be exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, the purchasers of the private placement warrants will waive their right to receive distributions upon our liquidation prior to a business combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the privately placed warrants.

During March and April, 2006, our founders advanced an aggregate of $148,000 to us, which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for SEC registration fee, NASD filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the American Stock Exchange listing fee, and a portion of the non-accountable expense allowance, legal and audit fees and expenses. The loans will be payable without interest on the earlier of September 30, 2006 or the consummation of this offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, we will have sufficient available funds to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time.

A public stockholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including the deferred underwriters’ discount and the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance) only in the event there is no business combination or if that stockholder were to seek to convert such shares into cash in connection with a business combination which the stockholder voted against and which we actually consummate. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

In the event of our liquidation, our existing stockholders, including purchasers in our private placement offering, will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account solely with respect to any shares of common stock which they purchased in or following this offering.

 

29


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the underwriter. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

 

    the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

 

    prior offerings of those companies;

 

    our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

 

    our capital structure;

 

    an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

 

    general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

 

    other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriters are unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry.

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at March 31, 2006 and our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to our sale of units in this offering, our sale of private placement warrants and our issuance of 371,504 shares of common stock to our officers, directors and special advisors subsequent to March 31, 2006 and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from sales:

 

     Actual     As Adjusted  

Notes payable (1)

   $ 62,500     $ —    

Due to underwriters (2)

     —         1,965,000  
                

Total debt

     62,500       1,965,000  
                

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,699,150 shares, as adjusted, subject to possible conversion (at conversion value of approximately $7.80 per share)

     —         13,257,368  
                

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 35,000,000 shares authorized; 45,000,000 shares authorized, as adjusted; 1,753,496 (including effect of reverse stock split of 722,028 shares) shares issued and outstanding; 8,925,850 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 1,699,150 shares subject to possible conversion), as adjusted (3)(4)

     175       893  

Additional paid-in capital (3)(4)(5)

     24,825       51,175,739  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (5,500 )     (5,500 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     19,500       51,171,132  
                

Total capitalization

   $ 82,000     $ 66,393,500  
                

(1) The notes payable are comprised of three promissory notes totalling $148,000, issued in equal amounts to our founders. Of such amount, $85,500 unsecured promissory notes were issued during April and May 2006. The promissory notes are due at the earlier of September 30, 2006 or the consummation of our initial public offering.
(2) Includes 1.25% of the underwriters’ fee on the gross proceeds of this offering, or $850,000 ($977,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), and the $1,115,000 deferred balance of the representative’s 1.75% non-accountable expense allowance, which the underwriters have agreed to defer payment until the consummation of our initial business combination.
(3) We issued an additional 371,504 shares of common stock to our directors and officers for $4,000 in cash, subsequent to the date of our audited balance sheet, but prior to the date of this prospectus. Such purchasers are our affiliates and therefore, the price our officers and directors paid for such shares may not be deemed to be fair value.
(4) On June 5, 2006, we declared a stock dividend of 0.048951 shares per one share of common stock to stockholders of record on June 5, 2006. On June 16, 2006, we declared a reverse stock split of 0.708333 shares per one share of common stock to stockholders of record on June 16, 2006. As a result of the stock dividend and reverse stock split, we have 2,125,000 shares of common stock outstanding.
(5) Includes $2,250,000, expected to be received immediately prior to the date of this prospectus from the sale of 2,250,000 private placement warrants.

If we consummate a business combination, the conversion rights afforded to our stockholders may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 19.99% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering at a per-share conversion price equal to the amount in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination.

 

31


Table of Contents

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of common stock which may be converted into cash), by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

At March 31, 2006, our net tangible book value deficit was $201,464, or approximately $(0.11) per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of 8,500,000 shares of common stock included in the units, our issuance of 371,504 shares of common stock to our officers, directors and special advisors subsequent to March 31, 2006, and the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering of approximately $5,845,000 (inclusive of deferred underwriter’s fees payable upon consummation of a business combination), our pro forma net tangible book value (as decreased by the value of 1,699,150 shares of common stock which may be converted into cash) at March 31, 2006 would have been $51,171,132 , or $5.73 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $5.84 per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $2.27 per share or 28.4% to new investors not exercising their conversion rights.

For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering has been reduced by approximately $13,257,368 because if we effect a business combination, the conversion rights of our public stockholders, other than our existing stockholders may result in the conversion into cash of up to approximately 19.99% of the aggregate number of the shares sold in this offering at a per-share conversion price equal to the amount in the trust account (including the amount representing the deferred portion of the underwriters’ discount and the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance) calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination, net of taxes payable, divided by the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units:

 

Public offering price

     $ 8.00

Net tangible book value deficiency before this offering

   $ (0.11 )  

Increase attributable to new investors

     5.84    

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

       5.73
        

Dilution to new investors

     $ 2.27
        

 

32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information with respect to our existing stockholders and the new investors in this offering:

 

    

All Classes of Common

Stock Purchased

    Total Consideration    

Average

Price Per

Share

     Number    Percentage     Amount    Percentage    

Existing stockholders

   2,125,000    20.0 %   $ 29,000    0.0 %   $ 0.01

New investors

   8,500,000    80.0 %   $ 68,000,000    100.0 %   $ 8.00
                          

Total

   10,625,000    100.0 %   $ 68,029,000    100.0 %  

The pro forma net tangible book value deficit after the offering is calculated as follows:

 

Numerator:

  

Net tangible book value deficit before this offering

   $ (201,464 )

Net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock to our officers and directors, subsequent to the date of our audited balance sheet

     4,000  

Net proceeds from this offering, including the sale of private placement warrants

     66,370,000  

Offering costs excluded from net tangible book value before this offering

     220,964  

Less: Deferred underwriters’ fee payable on consummation of a business combination

     (1,965,000 )

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion to cash ($66,320,000 x 19.99%)

     (13,257,368 )
        
   $ 51,171,132  

Denominator:

  

Shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering

     2,125,000  

Shares of common stock included in the units offered

     8,500,000  

Less: Shares subject to conversion (8,500,000 x 19.99%)

     (1,699,150 )
        
     8,925,850  

 

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We were formed on March 15, 2006, for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar transaction with one or more businesses that have operations primarily in India. While our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry, we intend to focus on privately owned businesses in sectors such as:

 

    financial services;

 

    healthcare;

 

    consumer, retail and hospitality; and

 

    infrastructure.

However, we will review a business opportunity presented to us in any industry sector.

We do not currently have any specific merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other business combination under consideration and have not had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. We intend to use cash derived from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of warrants in a private placement offering, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, capital stock and debt, in effecting a business combination.

The issuance of additional capital stock or the incurrence of debt could have material consequences on our business and financial condition. The issuance of additional shares of our capital stock:

 

    may significantly reduce the equity interest of our stockholders;

 

    may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded to our common stockholders;

 

    will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards, if any, and may also result in the resignation or removal of one or more of our present officers and directors; and

 

    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock, warrants or units.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination were insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

 

    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and any such covenant is breached without a waiver or renegotiation of such covenants;

 

    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

 

    our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contained covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding;

 

    our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

 

    increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

 

34


Table of Contents
    limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy or other purposes; and

 

    other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, the sale of private placement warrants, including $1,965,000 representing the deferred portion of the underwriters’ discounts and representative’s non-accountable expense allowance, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $575,000, will be approximately $66,370,000, or $76,085,500 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of this amount, $66,320,000 or $76,035,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be held in trust and the remaining $50,000 in either event will not be held in trust. We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and sale of private placement warrants to acquire a target business, including identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account that are not used for such purpose, as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used to finance the operations of the target business.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we anticipate making the following expenditures:

 

    approximately $525,000 of expenses for legal, accounting and other fees and expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring, negotiating and completion of a business combination;

 

    $240,000 of general and administrative services expenses;

 

    $450,000 of expenses for the internal due diligence and investigation of prospective target businesses;

 

    $170,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and

 

    $640,000 for general working capital that will be used for relocation to India, miscellaneous expenses, director and officer insurance and reserves.

We do not believe we will need additional financing following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, we may need to raise additional funds through the private sale of securities or the incurrence of indebtedness that would enable us to effect a business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangements and have no current intention of doing so. We would only consummate such a fund raising simultaneously with the consummation of a business combination.

During March and April, 2006, our founders have advanced an aggregate of $148,000 to us, which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for SEC registration fee, NASD filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the American Stock Exchange listing fee, and a portion of the non-accountable expense allowance, legal and audit fees and expenses. The loans will be payable without interest on the earlier of September 30, 2006 or the consummation of this offering. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

We anticipate that immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, we will privately sell 2,250,000 warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate of $2,250,000 to our existing stockholders, including our officers, directors or special advisors, or any of their affiliates. All of the proceeds we receive from the sale

 

35


Table of Contents

of these private placement offering warrants will be placed in the trust account upon the consummation of this offering. The privately placed warrants will be identical to the warrants offered by this prospectus except that they will be subject to lock up agreements restricting their sale until after the completion of a business combination, and they may be exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, the purchasers of the private placement warrants will waive their right to receive distributions upon our liquidation prior to a business combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the privately placed warrants.

We have agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters, for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 850,000 units. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus. This option is exercisable at $10.80 per unit, and may be exercised on a cashless basis, commencing on the later of the consummation of a business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus and expiring five years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The option and the 850,000 units, the 850,000 shares of common stock and the 850,000 warrants underlying such units, and the 850,000 shares of common stock underlying such warrants, have been deemed compensation by the NASD and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of the NASD Conduct Rules. We estimate that the value of the representative’s unit purchase option is approximately $2,074,000 using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the representative’s unit purchase option is estimated as of the date of the grant using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 37.566%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 4.82% and (3) contractual life of five years. The expected volatility of approximately 37.566% was estimated by management based on an evaluation of the historical volatilities of similar public entities which had completed a transaction with an operating company. Additionally, the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the date of this prospectus except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

 

36


Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

About Us

We are a blank check company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 15, 2006 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar transaction with one or more businesses that have operations primarily in India. While our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry, we intend to focus on privately owned businesses within the financial services, healthcare, infrastructure and consumer, retail and hospitality sectors. However, we will review a business opportunity presented to us in any industry sector.

To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities.

Our Competitive Strengths and Strategies

We believe our timing is optimal for a business combination in India, as its economy in terms of gross domestic product, or GDP, has become the fourth largest in the world, behind the United States, China and Japan, according to the Economic Times Online. According to the CIA World Factbook, in 2005, India’s GDP in actual dollars was approximately $3.678 trillion, while its GDP growth was 7.1%. Foreign investments continue to increase as a result of government reform and economic liberalization begun in the early 1990s, with the Reserve Bank of India showing foreign institution investments growing from $1.6 billion in 1993 to $12.3 billion in 2005. Further, positive macroeconomic indicators such as low inflation, high currency reserves, declining interest rates and improved fiscal discipline underscore the governments commitment to growing the economy and strengthening the advancement of its population. India has the world’s youngest population with the number of working age inhabitants expected to grow exponentially, hitting 820 million by 2020, according to the United Nations Population Projections. India’s low labor costs and high technical skills make it an industrious region for new ideas and new solutions that foreign and local entrepreneurs can utilize to generate and harness innovations.

We believe that several features of India’s market will likely result in strong continued growth of its GDP, including:

 

    the intense focus of the Indian government on increasing productivity and instituting measures to improve labor and capital resources to achieve a targeted GDP growth rate of 8% per year;

 

    the recent strength of India’s currency;

 

    the availability of a highly educated but comparatively low-paid professional, technical and labor force;

 

    increasing accumulation of individual wealth and a growing middle class that has fueled sharp increases in domestic consumption; and

 

    the Indian government’s recent proposal to eliminate all remaining foreign currency exchange controls.

Assuming GDP growth of 7% and population growth of 1.5%, over one-half of India’s population will turn middle class between 2020 and 2040, according to the Business Standard, an Indian financial newspaper. The convergence of all of these factors, a population of over a billion consumers, and India’s ability to outpace other emerging markets, make India a prime location for foreign investments.

In focusing our efforts on identifying a prospective target business, we expect to draw upon and leverage the following strengths of our management team:

 

    Our management has an extensive knowledge of India as well as a network of contacts and relationships with Indian business leaders, positioning us to successfully navigate around obstacles typically faced by foreign-equity investors;

 

37


Table of Contents
    F. Jacob Cherian and Suhel Kanuga, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, will relocate to India upon the consummation of this offering, taking up full-time residency in Mumbai, to oversee the sourcing, identification and selection of a target business, negotiate terms of a business combination, conduct due diligence and consummate a business combination;

 

    Our board of directors and advisors are comprised of persons who hold leadership positions in U.S. or Indian companies and will provide business contacts and merger and acquisition and industry expertise; and

 

    Members of our team have had direct experience with blank check companies executing business combinations.

Identification of Industry Sectors

We intend to focus our efforts in identifying a prospective target business on privately owned businesses within the financial services, healthcare, infrastructure, and consumer, retail and hospitality sectors. We believe these sectors represent particularly attractive acquisition targets with favorable valuations and significant growth potential.

Financial Services

The Tribune India reported that during 2004, local banks such as ICICI, HDFC, Bank Ltd, Unit Trust of India, and Industrial Development Bank extended approximately $2.5 billion in loans, registering a 62% growth over the prior year in the $21.5 billion retail business market that had previously been dominated by public sector banks. Home loans escalated approximately 58% during that one year period. Further, consumers in India are substantially underleveraged relative to other Asian countries, such as Thailand, Korea and Taiwan, and with respect to other countries such as the United States. We believe that vigorous business transformations, combined with a large and increasingly consumption-driven population, is fueling a strong growth in the financial services industry, thereby presenting attractive acquisition opportunities for businesses, such as consumer finance and on-line trading, that are positioned to take advantage of anticipated demand and growth in the financial services industry.

Healthcare

India’s continually rising literacy rate, together with increasing income levels and media focus, has heightened public awareness of health care issues. A joint study conducted by McKinsey & Co. and the Confederation of Indian Industry shows estimated healthcare spending that is expected to double over the next ten years, with the majority of such increase expected to be in private healthcare. Noting that with costs of quality healthcare in India averaged 80% to 90% less than western societies, this study projected that the total Indian healthcare market could rise from $22.2 billion in 2005 to $69 billion by 2012. Additionally, an IBEF study shows that healthcare tourism is increasing by an average of 30% each year, such that today, one out of ten patients in Indian hospitals is from outside of India. This study concluded that India has the potential to attract over one million health tourists a year, contributing approximately $5 billion to the Indian economy. The Indian government is also contributing to the growing healthcare industry by providing incentives to create and upgrade infrastructure, as well as reduce operational costs. We believe that businesses that provide state-of-the-art services or products to the healthcare and/or pharmaceutical industries would be particularly attractive acquisition targets.

Consumer, Retail and Hospitality

A.T. Kearney Inc. estimated India’s total retail market in 2004 at $202.6 billion, with an anticipated compounded growth rate of 30% over the next five years. Retail business activities are expected to grow at a rate of 25% per year by 2010. Supporting sectors such as real estate are similarly growing. Global real estate

 

38


Table of Contents

consulting group, Knight Frank LLP, ranked India fifth in the list of 30 emerging retail markets and has predicted an impressive 20% growth rate for the retail real estate segment by 2010. Business travel and domestic and foreign tourism are also dramatically increasing and, by 2014, are expected to generate approximately $90.4 billion of total demand and nearly 28 million jobs, according to published research performed by the World Travel and Tourism Council. We believe that businesses in the travel and business services, for example, would be an attractive acquisition target because of their position to take advantage of the increases in commercial and personal travel related to business expansions and rising disposable incomes.

Infrastructure

The Indian government has announced plans to spend at least $17 billion to upgrade roads, airports and ports by 2010 and at least two dozen significant international civil engineering, construction and infrastructure consultancy firms have set up operations in India within the past several years. The once non-profitable public sector Steel Authority of India grew 176% in 2004. We believe there are significant growth opportunities for companies that develop and build infrastructure, including providing logistics, transportation and financial services to support development, because of the rapidly growing Indian economy and increasing demand by the large, growing Indian work force for ongoing infrastructure improvements.

Effecting a business combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, and from the sale of private placement warrants immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, as well as our existing cash, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering and the private sale of warrants held in the trust account (excluding the interest earned and amounts representing the deferred portion of the underwriters’ fees and the deferred balance of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance) are intended to be generally applied toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations we may ultimately undertake. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, a business combination may involve a company which may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth.

We have not identified a target business

Although our focus in identifying a prospective target business will be within the financial services, healthcare, infrastructure/industrial growth, and consumer, retail and hospitality sectors, our efforts in identifying a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry and we may ultimately acquire a business in any industry we deem appropriate. To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination and none of our officers, directors, promoters, special advisors or affiliates has had any contact or discussions with representatives of any other company regarding a potential merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us. Subject to the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of our net assets at the time of the acquisition as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to

 

39


Table of Contents

evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business or the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. In addition, to the extent that we effect a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. An extremely high level of risk frequently characterizes many industries which experience rapid growth. In addition, although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of target businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention as a consequence of meetings initiated by our officers, directors or special advisors with securities broker-dealers, investment bankers, venture capitalists, bankers or other members of the financial community. We also anticipate we will receive unsolicited proposals from persons or entities who may become aware of our interest in acquiring a target business through public awareness of our acquisition intentions. Our officers and directors and their affiliates may also bring to our attention target business candidates. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee or other compensation. In no event, however, will any of our existing officers and directors or any entity with which they are affiliated be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to or in connection with the consummation of a business combination.

Size of potential target business

In determining the proposed offering size at $68,000,000, we considered a number of factors. We intend to identify a prospective target business, within our target industry sectors, that is of a reasonable size and has good growth potential. Based on our experience in these target industry sectors, as well as our knowledge of the Indian market, we believe the likely target business is one where the founder/entrepreneur is looking for liquidity, has exhausted his or her skills to continue to grow the business and is in need of growth capital for expansion, or is a business owned by a larger company that desires to spin off development of one of its smaller, possibly “non core” units, or a target business that shares several of these traits. We plan to position our company to effect a business combination within a range of $55 million to $250 million because we believe:

 

    there are a substantial number of business combination opportunities in this target value range which are large enough and possess the necessary growth potential to be a public company; and

 

    there is less competition in this transaction size from larger private equity investors and strategic investors who we believe seek opportunities in excess of $250 million.

Accordingly, while we anticipate consummating a transaction with a value within a range of $80 million to $250 million, we reserve the right to pursue transactions that are significantly in excess of this range. We have no limitation on our ability to raise additional funds through the private sale of securities or the incurrence of indebtedness that would enable us to effect a business combination with an operating business having a fair market value in excess of 80% of our net assets at the time of such an acquisition. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so.

Selection of a target business and structuring of a business combination

Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination must be with a target business with a fair market value that is equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not

 

40


Table of Contents

established any specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. We expect that our management will diligently review all of the proposals we receive with respect to a prospective target business. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management will consider, among other factors, the following:

 

    financial condition and results of operation;

 

    growth potential;

 

    experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

 

    earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization charges;

 

    consistent operating margins;

 

    nature of the customers and contracts;

 

    stability and continuity in customer relationships;

 

    backlog of orders for services;

 

    capital requirements;

 

    competitive position;

 

    barriers to entry in the relevant industry sector;

 

    stage of development of the products, processes or services;

 

    degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

 

    proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection of the products, processes or services;

 

    regulatory environment of the relevant industry sector; and

 

    costs associated with effecting the business combination.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which will be made available to us.

We will endeavor to structure a business combination so as to achieve the most favorable tax treatment to us, the target business and both companies’ stockholders. We cannot assure you, however, that the Internal Revenue Service or appropriate state tax authority will agree with our tax treatment of the business combination.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination. Other than F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga and Kishore Mirchandani, who will be reimbursed for an aggregate of $148,000 in loans made to us in connection with this offering, none of our officers, directors or special advisors will receive any compensation prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, except for out-of pocket expenses incurred by them on our behalf.

 

41


Table of Contents

Fair market value of target business

The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition. The fair market value of such business will be determined by our board of directors based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings and cash flow and book value. If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that fair market value meets the 80% of net assets threshold, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our stockholders, although copies will be provided to stockholders who request it. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value absent the inability of our board of directors to independently determine that the target business does have sufficient fair market value. Nevertheless we reserve the right to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm if we deem it appropriate, for example, in the event of an actual or perceived conflict of interest.

Probable lack of business diversification

The net proceeds from this offering and the private sale of warrants, including the deferred portion of the underwriters’ fee and non-accountable expense allowance, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $575,000, will provide us with approximately $66,320,000 held in the trust account, which we may use to complete a business combination. Our initial business combination must be with a business that has its operations primarily in India whose fair market value is equal to at least 80% of our net assets a the time of such acquisition. In order to do so, we have no limitation on our ability to raise additional funds through the private sale of securities or the incurrence of indebtedness that would enable us to effect a business combination with an operating business having a fair market value in excess of 80% of our net assets at the time of such an acquisition. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. As a result, we are likely to complete a business combination with only a single operating business, which may have only a limited number of products or services. The resulting lack of diversification:

 

    will result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business;

 

    will result in our dependency upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services; and

 

    may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

We may not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry so as to diversify risks and offset losses. Further, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of the initial target business we acquire.

Limited ability to evaluate the target business’ management

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company intending to embark on a program of business development. Furthermore, the future role of our directors, if any, in the target business

 

42


Table of Contents

cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our directors will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers will have the skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Opportunity for stockholder approval of business combination

Prior to the completion of a business combination, we will submit the transaction to our stockholders for approval, even if the nature of the acquisition would not ordinarily require stockholder approval under applicable state law. In connection with seeking stockholder approval of a business combination, we will furnish our stockholders with proxy solicitation materials prepared in accordance with the Exchange Act, which, among other matters, will include a description of the operations of the target business and audited historical financial statements of the business. These materials will also be mailed to the holders of our common stock although their vote will not be solicited.

In connection with any vote required for our initial business combination, all of our existing stockholders will have agreed pursuant to letter agreements with the Representative entered into prior to this offering to vote the shares of common stock then owned by them, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders other than our existing stockholders, including purchasers in our private placement offering. As a result, our existing stockholders, including purchasers in our private placement offering, will not have any conversion rights attributable to their shares in the event that a business combination transaction is approved by a majority of our public stockholders. We will proceed with the initial business combination only if both a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights.

Conversion rights

At the time we seek stockholder approval of any business combination, we will offer each stockholder, other than our existing stockholders, the right to have such shares of common stock converted to cash if the stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Our existing stockholders will not have this right because they have agreed to vote their shares of common stock, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders, other than our existing stockholders, including purchasers in our private placement offering. The actual per-share conversion price will be equal to the amount in the trust account, exclusive of any interest and the amount representing the deferred portion of the underwriters’ fees and the deferred balance of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance, as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination, divided by the number of shares sold in this offering. Without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share conversion price would be approximately $7.80, or $0.20 less than the per-unit offering price of $8.00. There may be a disincentive for public stockholders to exercise their conversion rights due to the fact that the amount available to such stockholders is likely to be less than the purchase price paid for the unit in the offering. Voting against the business combination alone will not result in an election to exercise a stockholder’s conversion rights. A stockholder must also affirmatively exercise such conversion rights at or prior to the time the business combination is voted upon by the stockholders. An eligible stockholder may request conversion at any time after the mailing to our stockholders of the proxy statement and prior to the vote taken with respect to a proposed business combination at a meeting held for that purpose, but the request will not be granted unless the

 

43


Table of Contents

stockholder votes against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Any request for conversion, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date of the meeting. It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to stockholders entitled to convert their shares who elect conversion will be distributed within 30 days after completion of a business combination. Any stockholder who converts his, her or its stock into his, her or its share of the trust account still has the right to exercise the warrants that he, she or it received as part of the units. We will not complete any business combination if stockholders, owning 20% or more of the shares sold in this offering, both vote against the business combination and exercise their conversion rights.

Liquidation if no business combination

If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan, as described below. Upon dissolution, we will distribute to all of our public stockholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust account (including the amount representing the $850,000 deferred portion of the underwriters’ fees and the $1,115,000 deferred balance of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance, plus any interest), net of taxes payable. We anticipate notifying the trustee of the trust account to begin liquidating such assets promptly after such date. Our existing stockholders, including purchasers in our private placement offering, have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution, but only with respect to those shares of common stock owned by them prior to this offering; they will participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares of common stock acquired in connection with or following this offering. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our existing stockholders’ warrants which will expire worthless. We will pay the costs of liquidation from our working capital of up to $2,025,000 held outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, we anticipate our chief executive officer and chief financial officer will advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $70,000).

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share liquidation price would be $7.80, or $0.20 less than the per-unit offering price of $8.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which could have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our stockholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would

 

44


Table of Contents

only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have personally agreed, pursuant to letter agreement with us and the representative, that if we liquidate prior to the consummation of a business combination, they will be personally liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account. We cannot assure you, however, that our chief executive officer and chief financial officer will be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, the actual per-share liquidation price could be less than $7.80, plus interest, due to claims of creditors.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the expiration of our existence and our liquidation or if they seek to convert their respective shares into cash upon a business combination which the stockholder voted against and which is completed by us. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the Delaware General Corporation Law intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. Because we will not be complying with Section 280, we will seek stockholder approval to comply with Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requiring us to adopt a plan that will provide for our payment, based on facts known to us at such time, of (i) all existing claims, (ii) all pending claims and (iii) all claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors and service providers (such as accountants, lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) and potential target businesses. As described above, we are obligated to have all vendors, service providers and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result, the claims that could be made against us will be significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim would result in any liability extending to the trust is remote.

If we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public stockholders at least $7.80 per share.

If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking

 

45


Table of Contents

stockholder approval for such plan. We currently believe that any plan of dissolution and liquidation subsequent to the expiration of the 16 and 22-month deadlines would proceed in approximately the following manner:

 

    our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan;

 

    upon such deadline, we would file our preliminary proxy statement with the SEC;

 

    if the SEC does not review the preliminary proxy statement, then, 10 days following the passing of such deadline, we will mail the proxy statements to our stockholders, and 30 days following the passing of such deadline, we will convene a meeting of our stockholders, at which they will either approve or reject our plan of dissolution and liquidation; and

 

    if the SEC does review the preliminary proxy statement, we currently estimate that we will receive its comments 30 days following the passing of such deadline. We will mail the proxy statements to our stockholders following the conclusion of the comment and review process (the length of which we cannot predict with any certainty, and which may be substantial) and we will convene a meeting of our stockholders at which they will either approve or reject our plan of dissolution and liquidation.

In the event we seek stockholder approval for a plan of dissolution and liquidation and do not obtain such approval, we will nonetheless continue to pursue stockholder approval for our dissolution. If no proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for a business combination has been filed 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission seeking stockholder approval for such plan. The funds held in our trust account may not be distributed except upon our dissolution and, unless and until such approval is obtained from our stockholders, the funds held in our trust account will not be released. Consequently, holders of a majority of our outstanding stock must approve our dissolution in order to receive the funds held in our trust account and the funds will not be available for any other corporate purpose.

Certificate of Incorporation

Our certificate of incorporation sets forth certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that shall apply to us until the consummation of a business combination. Specifically, our certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

 

    upon consummation of this offering, a certain amount of the net proceeds of the offering will be placed into the trust account, which proceeds may not be disbursed from the trust account except in connection with, or following, a business combination, upon our liquidation or as otherwise permitted in the certificate of incorporation;

 

    prior to the consummation of a business combination, we will submit such business combination to our stockholders for approval;

 

    we may consummate the business combination only if approved by a majority of our stockholders and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights;

 

    if a business combination is approved and consummated, public stockholders who voted against the business combination and exercised their conversion rights will receive their pro rata share of the trust account; and

 

    if a business combination is not consummated or a letter of intent, an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement is not signed within the time periods specified in this prospectus, then we will be dissolved and distribute to all of our public stockholders their pro rata share of the trust account and any remaining net assets.

Under Delaware law, the foregoing requirements and restrictions may be amended if our Board of Directors adopts a resolution declaring the advisability of an amendment which is then approved by a majority of our

 

46


Table of Contents

stockholders of our outstanding shares. Such an amendment could reduce or eliminate the protection that such requirements and restrictions afford to our stockholders. However, pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, neither we nor the Board of Directors will propose or seek stockholder approval of any amendment of these provisions.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Based on publicly available information, from August 2003 through June 16, 2006, approximately 64 similarly structured blank check companies have completed initial public offerings, including one with a specific focus on Indian target businesses, and numerous others have filed registration statements. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of warrants in our private placement offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Further:

 

    our obligation to seek stockholder approval of a business combination may delay the completion of a transaction;

 

    our obligation to convert into cash shares of common stock held by our stockholders if such holders both vote against the business combination and also seek conversion of their shares may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination; and

 

    our outstanding warrants and option, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as us in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. In particular, certain industries which experience rapid growth frequently attract an increasingly larger number of competitors, including competitors with increasingly greater financial, marketing, technical and other resources than the initial competitors in the industry. The degree of competition characterizing the industry of any prospective target business cannot presently be ascertained. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources to compete effectively, especially to the extent that the target business is in a high growth industry.

Facilities

We maintain our executive offices at 330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C, New York, New York 10016. This space is provided to us at no cost by Suhel Kanuga. We intend to relocate our executive offices to Mumbai, India following the consummation of this offering. The anticipated rental for our offices in India, which we anticipate will be leased from a non-affiliated person, is included in the $10,000 per month fee for general and administrative services.

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings.

 

47


Table of Contents

Employees

We currently have two full-time officers, F. Jacob Cherian and Suhel Kanuga, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, respectively who intend to relocate to India upon the consummation of this offering, taking up full-time residency in Mumbai, to oversee the sourcing, identification and selection of a target business, the negotiation of business combination terms and the conduct of due diligence until the consummation of a business combination or our liquidation. We have no other employees.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We will register our securities under the Exchange Act, as amended, and will have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual and quarterly reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.

We will not acquire a target business if audited financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles cannot be obtained for the target business. Additionally, our management will provide our stockholders with audited financial statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing a business combination. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

 

48


Table of Contents

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering.

 

    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceed    $66,320,000 of the net offering proceeds will be deposited into a trust account maintained at The Bank of New York by The Bank of New York, as trustee.    $64,039,500 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
Investment of net proceeds    The $66,320,000 of net offering proceeds held in trust will be held as cash or cash equivalents or be invested in U.S. “government securities,” defined as any Treasury Bill issued by the United States having a maturity of one hundred and eighty days or less, or in money market funds or any open ended investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that holds itself out as a money market fund and bears the highest credit rating issued by a United States nationally recognized rating agency.    Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.
Limitation on fair value or net
assets of target business
  

 

The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of our net assets at the time of such acquisition.

  

 

We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

 

49


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Trading of securities issued    The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Each of the common stock and warrants may trade separately on the 90th day after the date of this prospectus unless Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. determines that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. allow separate trading of the common stock and warrants until (i) we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and (ii) at least 5 days have passed since the distribution of our units in this offering has been completed. The distribution of the units in this offering will be completed once all the units have been sold, all stabilizing transactions have been completed and all penalty bids have either been reclaimed or withdrawn. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including an audited balance sheet, upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading.    No trading of the units or the underlying common stock and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.
Exercise of the warrants    The warrants cannot be exercised until the later of the completion of a business combination or one year from the date of this prospectus and, accordingly, will only be exercised after the trust account has been terminated and distributed.    The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.

 

50


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Election to remain an investor    We will give our stockholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination. In connection with seeking stockholder approval, we will send each stockholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. A stockholder following the procedures described in this prospectus is given the right to convert his or her shares into his or her pro rata share of the trust account. However, a stockholder who does not follow these procedures or a stockholder who does not take any action would not be entitled to the return of any funds.    A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a stockholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the stockholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.
Business combination deadline    A business combination must occur within 18 months after the consummation of this offering or within 24 months after the consummation of this offering if a letter of intent or definitive agreement relating to a prospective business combination was entered into prior to the end of the 18-month period.    If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.
Release of trust funds    The proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation upon our failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.    The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

51


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Interest earned on funds in trust
account
  

 

Up to $1,975,000 interest earned on the trust account will be released to us to fund our working capital requirements. Stockholders who convert their common stock to cash in connection with a business combination will not receive any portion of the $1,975,000; upon our liquidation, stockholders shall be entitled to a portion of the interest earned on funds held in trust, if any, not previously released to us to fund our working capital requirements, net of taxes payable on such funds held in trust.

  

 

The interest earned on proceeds held in trust (net of taxes payable) would be held for the sole benefit of investors, and we would be unable to access such interest for working capital purposes.

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

F. Jacob Cherian

   41    President, Chief Executive Officer & Director

Suhel Kanuga

   31    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary & Director

Kishore Mirchandani

   56    Chairman & Director

Lawrence Burstein

   63    Director

Gul Asrani

   67    Director

C.P. Krishnan Nair

   84    Director

Sarat Sethi

   36    Director

F. Jacob Cherian has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Since April 2004, Mr. Cherian has served as a Partner in the financial services division of Computer Sciences Corporation, or CSC, a Fortune 500 firm with $15.0 billion in annual revenue and approximately 80,000 employees. With over 16 years of experience, Mr. Cherian has successfully demonstrated his abilities, with increasingly responsible positions as a financial services executive, leading or co-leading numerous global multimillion dollar business transactions in business restructuring, turnaround, growth, cost reduction and off-shoring strategies. Working with high level senior executives of these multibillion dollar multinational firms, Mr. Cherian has effectively evaluated undervalued assets and business divisions, significantly increased revenues to clients and optimized business performance through business transformation, restructuring, innovation of growth strategies, cost reduction and corporate governance. His representative clients include: Goldman Sachs & Co; J.P. Morgan Chase; Munich Re; Credit Suisse Group; Merrill Lynch; ABN AMRO; Society Generale; Deutsche Bank; Asea Brown Boveri (ABB), Wellington Financial Management, and Alliance Capital Management. Mr. Cherian also has significant experience in designing and implementing off-shoring strategies and evaluating undervalued assets. Mr. Cherian has extensive international experience and has relocated to, and had multi-year residences in both Europe for 3 years and in India for 10 years. Mr. Cherian’s prior work experience includes positions as a Director in New York with KPMG LLP / KPMG Consulting from October 1998 to March 2004, and JP Morgan & Co from September 1995 to September 1998 in its Fixed Income Credit Portfolio & Derivatives Division. For the last ten years, Mr. Cherian has been an Adjunct Professor of International Finance at St. John’s University, Tobin College of Business, New York. He is frequently featured in leading publications and industry conferences for his views and insights on emerging trends and growth strategies, cost reduction initiatives, managing risks and business transformation for multinational corporations. Mr. Cherian holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Accounting & Information Systems from Queens College of CUNY and an MBA in International Finance from St. John’s University.

Suhel Kanuga has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary and has been a member of our board of directors since our inception. Since August 2004, Mr. Kanuga has been a Principal of CSC, a Fortune 500 global services company with annual revenues exceeding $15 billion. In his role in CSC’s financial services division based in New York, and in prior positions, Mr. Kanuga has been responsible for identifying and building business value, restructuring and transforming businesses by successfully implementing strategic growth initiatives, cost reduction and risk management. Mr. Kanuga has significant international management experience, having led transactions with businesses across the U.S., Europe and Asia to restructure and focus on more profitable business segments. He has expertise in, and advises senior corporate executives on complex business topics, including derivatives, capital allocation, asset-liability management, international expansion, merger integration, financial regulation, corporate governance, and business restructuring. His clients have included global organizations such as Credit Suisse, Bank of Montreal, ABN AMRO, the New York Stock Exchange, and Merrill Lynch. Prior to joining CSC, he held management positions

 

53


Table of Contents

at KPMG in New York from January 1999 to August 2004 and prior to that, U.S. West. Mr. Kanuga has authored a number of articles published in leading financial services publications across the world. He holds degrees in Mathematics and Economics from Lawrence University.

Kishore Mirchandani, our Chairman since our inception, is, and since January 2001 has been the Founder, President of Outsource Partners International Inc. (OPI), a global specialty firm that focuses on providing high value finance, accounting and tax outsourcing services to businesses organizations across the world, and the Chief Executive Officer of its Indian affiliate, Business Process Outsourcing Ltd. Mr. Mirchandani’s primary responsibilities at OPI are its sales and marketing efforts in the United States and management of its shared service center in India, which currently employs approximately 1,200 persons. Since 2003, Mr. Mirchandani has also served as a board member of Medusind Ltd., an Indian outsourcer of healthcare services, which currently employs approximately 1,000 employees. Prior to joining OPI, he was the founding partner of MLZ Partners LLP, a public accounting firm in New York City which was subsequently sold to Russell Bedford Stephano Mirchandani LLP in May 2002. He was also a partner with a regional accounting firm in New Jersey from 1996 to 1998. From 1977 to 1986, Mr. Mirchandani was chief operating and financial officer of St. Michel Sportswear Ltd., a large multinational distribution company in New York and was directly involved in the growth of the company from $5 million in revenues in 1978 to $50 million in revenues in 1986. Mr. Mirchandani is also an industry expert in outsourcing and offshoring, and is a frequent speaker at various seminars conducted in the United States, the United Kingdom and India on accounting, taxation and outsourcing issues for global enterprises. Mr. Mirchandani graduated from the City University, London, UK with a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Chemistry and also qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1976 through his training at Deloitte & Touche, London, UK, for a period of 3 years. He is also a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England & Wales and has been licensed as a CPA in New York since 1983.

Lawrence Burstein has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Burstein is the president and a principal stockholder of Unity Venture Capital Associates Ltd., a private investment company that he founded in March 1996. For approximately ten years prior to 1996, Mr. Burstein was the president, a director and a principal stockholder of Trinity Capital Corporation, a private investment company. Trinity ceased operations prior to the formation of Unity Venture in 1996. Mr. Burstein is also Chairman of American Telecom Services, Inc., an American Stock Exchange-listed offeror of broadband (voice-over-internet protocol, or VOIP) and prepaid long distance communications services that are bundled with its digital, cordless multi-handset phones; a director of THQ, Inc., a Nasdaq National Market-listed developer and publisher of interactive entertainment software for the major hardware platforms in the home video industry; CAS Medical Systems, Inc., an OTC Bulletin Board-listed company which manufactures and markets blood pressure monitors and other disposable products principally for the neonatal market; I.D. Systems, Inc., a Nasdaq Capital Market-listed company, which designs, develops and produces a wireless monitoring and tracking system which uses radio frequency technology; and Traffix, Inc., a Nasdaq National Market-listed marketing company that develops and operates internet-based marketing programs as well as direct marketing programs. Mr. Burstein received a B.A. from the University of Wisconsin and an L.L.B. from Columbia Law School.

Gul Asrani has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Asrani is the Chairman of Kaymo Industries Group, a manufacturer and distributor of industrial products such as fasteners and fastener tools. Kaymo, which pioneered the manufacture of fasteners in India in 1959, is headquartered in Mumbai, with offices in major business centers including Delhi, Chennai, Bangalore, Ahmedabad, Pune and Coimbatore, among others. Mr. Asrani was instrumental in leading Kaymo Industries to become one of India’s fastest growing companies in its sector, negotiating multiple acquisitions and forging alliances with major foreign companies in the US, Europe and in Asia. Under Mr. Asrani’s leadership, Kaymo has diversified into new lines of business including the importation of luxury goods from Europe and furniture from the Far East. Mr. Asrani, who became Kaymo’s Managing Director and Chairman in 1996, is well respected by business and government leaders, and has served as a board member of several associations, including being the President of the Lion’s Club, and is actively involved in non-government organizations including AGNI (Action for Good Governance and Networking in India). He has experience in liaising with the Indian Government at the highest

 

54


Table of Contents

levels, and has extensive experience in manufacturing, finance, marketing and taxation matters in India along with extensive knowledge of the Indian industrial marketplace. Mr. Asrani holds degrees in industrial sociology, economics and law.

C.P. Krishnan Nair, has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception. Captain Nair, formerly a highly decorated senior officer in the Indian Navy, is the founder and chairman of the Leela Hotel Group, one of the largest conglomerates in the Indian hospitality industry, which owns and operates 5-star hotels in Mumbai and Bangalore as well as 5-star beach resorts in Goa and Kovalem. A resort property, in development with Kempinski Hotels, Europe’s oldest luxury hotel group, is scheduled to be opened in Kumarakom in 2007. He has also pioneered Leela Group’s foray into new areas such as infrastructure development, particularly by leading the development of a state-of-the-art airport in Kerala which will have the ability to handle any kind of aircraft (including the world’s largest aircraft, the new Airbus A-380). Captain Nair has been the recipient of the Indian Prime Minister’s National Tourism Award for six years. Prior to founding the Leela Group, Captain Nair was a successful businessman in the garment industry and owned a garment export house. Captain Nair has significant experience in dealing with the Indian government at its most senior levels.

Sarat Sethi has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Sethi is a Portfolio Manager/Equity Analyst with, and a principal of, Douglas C. Lane & Associates, Inc. Mr. Sethi graduated magna cum laude from Lehigh University in 1992 where he was a Martindale Scholar, earning a Bachelors of Science in Business and Economics. After working as a certified public accountant at Coopers & Lybrand, Sarat graduated from Harvard Business School in 1997 with a Masters in Business Administration. Prior to joining Douglas C. Lane & Associates in January 1999, Mr. Sethi worked for JP Morgan in its Mergers & Acquisition/Corporate Finance area and was involved in numerous domestic and cross-border transactions. Mr. Sethi became a principal of the firm in 2001. He serves on Lehigh University’s Board of Trustees, as a director of Lehigh University’s Alumni Association and is a member of Lehigh University Business School’s Board of Advisors. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the New York Society of Security Analysts. Mr. Sethi has been a guest on Forbes on Fox and BBC, and appears regularly on CNBC and Bloomberg TV and Radio as a market strategist and equity analyst.

Special Advisors

Daulat Dipshan , age 55, is the President of Harilela Hotels Ltd., which is owned by the Harilela Group, a Hong Kong-based investment and development company with holdings in hotels, restaurants and banks worldwide, and has been is this position for over 20 years. Mr. Dipshan oversees the Harilela Group’s operations in North America with specific responsibility for acquisitions, construction, management and operations pertaining to the Group’s hotel and real estate holdings. Mr. Dipshan was previously employed for approximately 9 years by Hyatt Hotels International, and among his other responsibilities managed the prestigious United Nations Plaza Hotel in New York City. Mr. Dipshan also serves as a part-time financial advisor to Morgan Stanley with respect to hotel investment and development. He also serves as Chairman of the ZMaya-Sheila Cyberspace Schools, where he takes an active role in the education of underprivileged children in third world countries through internet broadcasting. Mr. Dipshan holds a degree in business administration from the European University of the University of Maryland.

Indru “Andrew” Kirpalani , age 58, has been the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President of Andrew Sportsclub, Inc., or ASC, since January 1984. Mr. Kirpalani’s experience spans over 25 years working with various organizations at different senior levels. From 1977 to 1984, Mr. Kirpalani was the vice president of sales at St. Michel Sportswear, Ltd. and was instrumental in increasing the company’s sales from its inception to revenues of over $50 million. Mr. Kirpalani’s industry experience led him to start international apparel and textile specialty firms that focused on providing high value-branded goods to specialty and major department stores. Through his international sourcing experience, Mr. Kirpalani has grown ASC’s revenues in excess of $100 million per year. Currently, Mr. Kirpalani is involved in ASC’s sales and marketing efforts in the U.S., as

 

55


Table of Contents

well as managing its various sourcing strategies in India and the Far East. He has also been an investor in several ventures, both locally and in India, one of which includes Outsource Partners International, Ltd. Mr. Kirpalani sits on the Board of LeelaSoft Ltd, a company focused on building information technology enabling services infrastructure in South India. Mr. Kirpalani majored in Business Administration at the University of Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. He is a frequent speaker at various international conferences and seminars on apparel manufacturing and branding.

Chandru Jagwani , age 62, has been the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President of Diversified Impex Corp. since January 1986. The Diversified Impex Corporation is involved in international trade finance and has clients in various industries. At Diversified Impex, Mr. Jagwani has been involved in the export of U.S. auto and off highway equipment parts to India, Latin America and the Middle East, including export with Gould/Clevite, Caterpillar, Cummins, Detroit Diesel, and International Harvester. Mr. Jagwani also has extensive international experience in exporting auto parts, steel and engineering products from India, Taiwan and Singapore. Mr. Jagwani graduated with a degree in Electrical Engineering from Jodhpur University in India and subsequently received his MBA from the University of Bridgeport, Connecticut, in 1970.

Venu Krishnan , age 49, is the Deputy Managing Director of the Leela Group of Companies, India. Mr. Krishnan joined Leela Group in 1987 as a Commercial Director and was recently promoted to Deputy Managing Director in March 2006. The Leela Group is a diversified group with interests in hospitality, apparel and textile, real estate and infrastructure development for information technology and information technology enabling services companies. As part of his responsibilities, Mr. Krishnan has been involved in the listing of the Leela Hotel venture on the Mumbai Sensex. His responsibilities include the group’s business strategy, finance, information technology development, special projects and human resources. Prior to joining the Leela Group, Mr. Krishnan worked as a management trainee at The Wallace Flour Mills Co Ltd, a flour milling group, and was promoted to general manager in 1987. Mr. Krishnan graduated from Mumbai University with a bachelors degree in Commerce in 1976.

Dr. Vijay C. Panjabi , age 68, is the President of the India Medical Association, Mumbai Chapter, and is one of the leading and most well respected medical general practitioners in India, having an established practice in Bombay for over 40 years. His line of work brings him in day-to-day contact with leading healthcare professionals and representatives of pharmaceutical companies. Dr. Panjabi served as the president of the Indian Medical Association-Mumbai Chapter. Dr. Panjabi is the Editor of the MAHIMA publication of the Indian Medical Association, circulated to over 20,000 physicians. He is also the vice president of the general practitioners association. He is the author of numerous scientific papers. Dr. Panjabi is also actively involved in the upliftment of rural areas and takes pride in giving back to society. He holds several degrees, including the M.B.B.S., D.M.B., F.C.G.P. and D.G.P.

Ramesh Hariani , age 56, is the managing director of G.R. Engineering Works Ltd., which is a part of the G.R. Group of Companies, and has been in this position since 1996. Mr. Hariani is also responsible for overseeing the operations of the G.R. Group of Companies. G.R. Engineering Works Ltd. was established 40 years ago in Mumbai, India to supply equipment to grass root refineries, petro-chemical plants and fertilizer plants. The equipment is manufactured in accordance with American and other international codes with the highest quality manufacturing process. The company also manufactures self-propelled barges for transportation of iron ore at Goa on the western coast of India, and manages an information technology industrial park at Bangalore. Mr. Hariani is a Mechanical Engineering Graduate from City University, London, U.K. with a Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management from Bradford University, U.K.

We expect our officers, directors and special advisors will play a key role in identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target business, and structuring, negotiating and consummating its acquisition. We believe that the skills and expertise of these individuals, their collective access to acquisition opportunities and ideas, their contacts, and their transactional expertise should enable us to successfully identify and effect a business combination with a target business in India.

 

56


Table of Contents

Prior Involvement of Principals in Blank Check Companies

Lawrence Burstein, one of our directors, has held executive positions in other companies that have completed an offering similar to this offering and executed a business plan similar to our business plan. Information with respect to each such blank check company, initial public offering, business combination and the role of Mr. Burstein with respect to each such blank check company following the business combination is set forth below:

 

    RT Associates Inc. —Completed a business combination in March 1988 with Bloc Development Corp., which at the time of the business combination developed and marketed software. RT Associates completed its IPO of common stock and warrants in April 1987 deriving gross proceeds of $2,250,000. Bloc Development Corp., which changed its name to Tiger Direct Inc., was acquired by Global DirectMail Corp. in 1995. Global DirectMail changed its name to Systemax Inc. in 1999. Systemax is traded on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SYX.” Mr. Burstein resigned as a director at the time of the business combination in 1988.

 

    RT Acquisition Associates, Inc. —Completed a business combination in April 1990 with Polyvision Corporation, which at the time of the business combination manufactured and sold vision projection systems, architectural building panels, modular partitions and office products. RT Acquisition Associates’ IPO of common stock and warrants, consummated in September 1988, yielded gross proceeds of $1,525,000. Polyvision was acquired by Steelcase, Inc. in November 2001. Steelcase is traded on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SCS.” Mr. Burstein continued to serve as a director of RT Acquisition Associates until 1996.

 

    Trinity Acquisition Corp. —Completed a business combination in August 1991 with T.H.Q., Inc., which produces and markets games for the GameCube, PlayStation and Xbox video game systems. Trinity Acquisition completed its IPO of common stock and warrants in August 1990 deriving gross proceeds of $2,875,000. The IPO warrants were subsequently exercised resulting in additional gross proceeds of approximately $9,170,000. T.H.Q. is traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “THQI.” Mr. Burstein continues to serve as a director of T.H.Q.

 

    Trinity Capital Enterprise Corp.— Completed a business combination in August 1993 with SubMicron Systems Corporation, which at the time of the business combination manufactured semi-conductor capital equipment. Trinity Capital Enterprise’s IPO of common stock and warrants, consummated in September 1991, yielded gross proceeds of $9,200,000. The IPO warrants were subsequently exercised resulting in additional gross proceeds of $6,000,000. Mr. Burstein resigned as a director at the time of the business combination in 1993. SubMicron Systems filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code on September 1, 1999. Mr. Burstein had no affiliation with SubMicron Systems at the time of its Chapter 11 filing.

 

57


Table of Contents
    Trinity Capital Opportunity Corp.— Completed a business combination in November 1993 with Alliance Entertainment Corp., which at the time of the business combination distributed pre-recorded music, accessories and entertainment related products. Trinity Capital Opportunity completed its IPO of common stock and warrants in May 1992 deriving gross proceeds of $23,000,000. Mr. Burstein resigned as a director at the time of the business combination in 1993. Alliance Entertainment filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code on May 21, 1998, and ceased being publicly traded in August 1998. Mr. Burstein had no affiliation with Alliance at the time of its Chapter 11 filing.

 

    Trinity Six Inc. —Completed a business combination in May 1995 with USCI Inc., which at the time of the business combination developed centralized automated computer-based cellular telephone activation systems. Trinity Six’s IPO of common stock and warrants, consummated in August 1993, yielded gross proceeds of $11,500,000. The IPO warrants were subsequently exercised resulting in additional gross proceeds of $25,000,000. USCI is traded on the Pink Sheets under the symbol “USCM.” Mr. Burstein continued to serve as a director of USCI until September 1997. A wholly-owned subsidiary of USCI filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code on October 29, 1999. Mr. Burstein had no affiliation with USCI at the time of the Chapter 11 filing.

 

    Trinity Americas Inc. —Completed a business combination in March 1996 with Brazil Fast Food Corp., which owns and operates the second largest fast food restaurant chain in Brazil. Trinity Americas completed its IPO of common stock and warrants in February 1994 deriving gross proceeds of $11,100,000. Brazil Fast Food is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “BOBS.” Mr. Burstein continued to serve as a director of Brazil Fast Food until February 2003.

 

    Unity First Acquisition Corp.— Completed a business combination in July 1999 with GraphOn Corporation, which develops, markets, sells and supports server-based software for the enterprise computing environment. Unity First’s initial public offering (“IPO”) of common stock and warrants, consummated in November 1996, yielded gross proceeds of $7,500,000. The IPO warrants were subsequently exercised resulting in additional gross proceeds of $17,000,000. GraphOn is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “GOJO.” Mr. Burstein continued to serve as a director of GraphOn until February 2001.

 

    Trinity Partners Acquisition Company Inc.— Completed a business combination in December 2005 with Freeseas Inc., which owns and operates two Handysize dry bulk carriers and one Handymax dry bulk carrier in the spotcharter market. A spotcharter is a contract to carry a specific cargo for a per ton carry amount. Trinity Partners’ initial public offering of common stock and warrants, consummated in August 2004, yielded gross proceeds of $8,000,000. Freeseas is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “FREE”.

Except as set forth above, none of our officers or directors has had, or has, a material relationship with a blank check company.

Executive Compensation

Other than F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga and Kishore Mirchandani, who will be reimbursed for an aggregate of $148,000 in loans made to us in connection with this offering, none of our officers, directors or special advisors will receive any compensation prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, except for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged. Because of the foregoing, we will generally not have the benefit of independent directors examining the propriety incurred on our behalf and subject to reimbursement.

 

58


Table of Contents

Director Independence

The American Stock Exchange requires that a majority of our board must be composed of “independent directors,” which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Our board of directors has determined that Larry Burstein, Captain Nair, Gul Asrani and Sarat Sethi, who collectively constitute a majority of our board, meet the general independence criteria set forth in the American Stock Exchange’s listing standards. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Any affiliated transactions will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any affiliated transactions must be approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Sarat Sethi, as chairman, C.P. Krishnan Nair and Gul Asrani, each of whom is an independent director for audit committee purposes under the American Stock Exchange’s listing standards. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

 

    appointing, determining the compensation of, and retaining and overseeing the work of, the independent auditors (including resolving disagreements between management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting).

 

    actively engaging in dialogue with the independent auditors with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact their objectivity and independence and taking, or recommending that the Board take, appropriate action to oversee the independence of the independent auditors.

 

    annually reviewing the experience and qualifications of the key members of the independent auditors and the independent auditors’ quality control procedures.

 

    reviewing and pre-approving all audit services and all permissible non-audit services.

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints we receive regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

    discussing with the auditors the overall scope and plans for their audits including the adequacy of staffing and compensation.

 

    discussing with management and the auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of the accounting and financial controls, including our system to monitor and manage business risk, and legal and ethical compliance programs.

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors (a) any material financial or non-financial arrangements of ours that do not appear on our financial statements, and (b) any transaction with parties related to us.

 

    reviewing the interim financial statements with management and the independent auditors prior to the filing of our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and discussing the results of the quarterly review and any other matters required to be communicated to the Committee by the independent auditors under generally accepted auditing standards.

 

    reviewing with management and the independent auditors the financial statements to be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K (or the annual report to stockholders if distributed prior to the filing of the Form 10-K), including their judgment about the quality, not just acceptability, of accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of the disclosures in the financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under the American Stock Exchange listing standards. The American Stock Exchange listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to the American Stock Exchange that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. Our board of directors has determined that Sarat Sethi satisfies the American Stock Exchange’s definition of financial sophistication and also qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Nominating Committee

We have established a nominating committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Sarat Sethi, as chairman, C.P. Krishnan Nair and Gul Asrani, each of whom is an independent director under the American Stock Exchange’s listing standards. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated should be actively engaged in business endeavors, have an understanding of financial statements, corporate budgeting and capital structure, be familiar with the requirements of a publicly traded company, be familiar with industries relevant to our business endeavors, be willing to devote significant time to the oversight duties of the board of directors of a public company, and be able to promote a diversity of views based on the person’s education, experience and professional employment. The nominating committee evaluates each individual in the context of the board as a whole, with the objective of recommending a group of persons that can best implement our business plan, perpetuate our business and represent shareholder interests. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should also be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

 

    In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. They may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

 

    Our officers and directors are now and may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us.

 

60


Table of Contents
    Our officers and directors own warrants that are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale until a business combination is successfully completed. Accordingly, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination.

 

    The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, and completing a business combination in a timely manner.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

 

    the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

 

    the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

 

    it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has agreed, until the earlier of a business combination or the distribution of the trust account to the stockholders, or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to us for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations discussed above.

 

61


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus on an actual basis, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    each of our officers and directors; and

 

    all our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership (2)
    Before
Offering
and
Private
Placement
   

After

Offering
and
Private
Placement

 

Kishore Mirchandani

   515,771     24.3 %   4.9 %

F. Jacob Cherian

   515,770     24.3 %   4.9 %

Suhel Kanuga

   515,770     24.3 %   4.9 %

Lawrence Burstein (3)

   184,498     8.7 %   1.7 %

C.P. Krishnan Nair

   14,859     *     *  

Gul Asrani

   14,859     *     *  

Sarat Sethi

   14,859     *     *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (7 individuals)

   1,776,385 (4)   83.6 %   16.7 %

 * Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares.
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all officers and directors is c/o Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc., 330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C, New York, New York 10016.
(2) Gives effect to the transactions described under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
(3) Includes 27,500 shares of common stock owned by Unity Venture Capital Associates Ltd., a private investment company, of which Mr. Burstein is President and a principal stockholder.
(4) Excludes an aggregate of 52,013 shares of common stock, held by Daulat Dipshan, Dr. Vijay C. Panjabi, Dr. Kurian P. Abraham, Indru Kirplani, Chandru Jagwani, Venu Krishnan and Ramesh Hariani, our special advisors, prior to the offering and private placement.

Immediately after this offering, our existing stockholders, collectively, will beneficially own approximately 20.0% of the then issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (assuming none of them purchases any units in this offering). None of our existing stockholders has indicated to us that he intends to purchase our securities in the offering. Because of this ownership block held by our existing stockholders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of a business combination.

All of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as escrow agent, until the earliest of:

 

    six months after the consummation of a business combination;

 

    our liquidation; and

 

    the consummation of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our consummating our initial business combination with a target business.

 

62


Table of Contents

During the escrow period, the holders of the shares will not be able to sell or transfer their shares of common stock (except to their spouses and children, or trusts established for their benefit), but will retain all other rights as our stockholders, including, without limitation the right to vote their shares of common stock (subject to their agreement to vote all of their shares of common stock, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders other than our existing stockholders and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in shares of common stock, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate, none of our existing stockholders will receive any portion of the liquidation proceeds with respect to common stock owned by them immediately before this offering.

In addition, in connection with the vote required for our initial business combination, all of our existing stockholders will have agreed pursuant to letter agreements with the Representative entered into prior to this offering to vote the shares of common stock owned by them, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders other than our existing stockholders, including purchasers in our private placement offering.

 

63


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we issued 2,125,000 shares of common stock for $29,000 in cash, or a purchase price of approximately $0.01 per share. These shares were issued to the individuals set forth below, as follows:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock (1)

      

Relationship to Us

Kishore Mirchandani

   617,688   (2)    Chairman and Director

F. Jacob Cherian

   617,687   (2)    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Suhel Kanuga

   617,687   (2)    Executive VP, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary & Director

Lawrence Burstein

   218,471      Director

Gul Asrani

   14,859      Director

C.P. Krishnan Nair

   14,859      Director

Sarat Sethi

   14,859      Director

Daulat Dipshan

   7,430      Advisor

Dr. Vijay C. Panjabi

   7,430      Advisor

Dr. Kurian P. Abraham

   7,430      Advisor

(1) If the representative of the underwriters determines to subsequently increase or decrease the size of this offering, a stock dividend or contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated prior to the consummation of this offering to maintain our existing stockholders’ ownership as a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering.
(2) Does not reflect the intended resale of approximately 93,000 shares by each of our founders and 17,600 shares by Mr. Burstein for an aggregate of 296,600 shares, as described below:

Messrs. Mirchandani, Cherian, Kanuga and Burstein sold an aggregate of 41,960 shares to Venu Krishnan, Indru Kirplani, Chandru Jagwani and Ramesh Hariani prior to the date of this prospectus.

Each of the individuals set forth above has agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement between them and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co., not to sell any of the foregoing securities until the completion of a business combination. In addition, these holders of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering, have agreed to waive their respective right to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to shares of common stock acquired by them prior to this offering.

We anticipate that immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, we will privately sell 2,250,000 warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate of $2,250,000 to our existing stockholders, including our officers, directors or special advisors, or any of their affiliates. Certain of our officers, directors and special advisors intend to purchase an aggregate of at least 1,225,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant in the private placement. The private placement warrants will be issued pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as such warrants will only be sold to accredited persons. All of the proceeds we receive from the sale of these private placement warrants, together with the monies received from our sale of units in this offering, will be placed in the trust account upon the consummation of this offering and used to consummate a business combination. The privately placed warrants will be identical to the warrants offered by this prospectus except that they will be subject to lock up agreements restricting their sale until after the completion of a business combination, and they may be exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, the purchasers of the private placement warrants will waive their right to receive distributions upon our liquidation prior to a business combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the privately placed warrants.

In connection with our sale of warrants, our founders and Mr. Burstein intend to resell 296,600 shares of common stock, at a price of $0.01 per share, to affiliated and non-affiliated purchasers in the private placement.

 

64


Table of Contents

The resale of 296,600 shares of common stock by Messrs. Mirchandani, Cherian, Kanuga and Burstein will occur concurrently with the sale of the private placement warrants on the basis of 10,000 shares of common stock for each 50,000 warrants purchased by those persons other than Messrs. Mirchandani, Cherian, Kanuga and Burstein. The purpose of this transaction is to encourage investors to participate in our private placement offering. The 296,600 shares of common stock will be resold by Messrs. Mirchandani, Cherian, Kanuga and Burstein pursuant to the so-called Section 4(1  1 / 2 ) exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Such selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act. These privately purchased shares will be held in escrow with the other existing stockholders’ shares and subject to the same restrictions.

We consider Messrs. Mirchandani, Cherian and Kanuga to be our “promoters” as such term is defined within the rules promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

As of the date of this prospectus, our founders have advanced to us $148,000 to cover expenses related to this offering. The loans will be payable without interest on the earlier to occur of September 30, 2006 or the consummation of our initial public offering.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates, including loans by our officers and directors, will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions or loans, including any forgiveness of loans, will require prior approval in each instance by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel.

 

65


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

We are authorized to issue 45,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 5,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001. As of the date of this prospectus, 2,125,000 shares of our common stock are outstanding, held by        recordholders and no shares of our preferred stock are outstanding.

Units

Each unit consists of one share of common stock and one warrant. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock. The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The common stock and warrants will begin to trade separately as soon as practicable following the consummation of this offering, but in no event earlier than 90 days after the date of this prospectus unless Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided that in no event may such securities be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes this audited balance sheet upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K. The current report on Form 8-K will be publicly available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Common Stock

Our stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. In connection with the vote required for our initial business combination, all of our existing stockholders will have agreed pursuant to letter agreements with the Representative entered into prior to this offering to vote the shares of common stock then owned by them, including any shares of common stock purchased in or following this offering, in accordance with the majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders other than our existing stockholders. However, our existing stockholders will vote all of their shares in any manner they determine, in their sole discretion, with respect to any other items that come before a vote of our stockholders.

We will proceed with the business combination only if a majority of the shares of common stock voted by the public stockholders are voted in favor of the business combination and public stockholders owning less than 20% of the shares sold in this offering exercise their conversion rights discussed below. Voting against the business combination alone will not result in an election to exercise a stockholder’s conversion rights. A stockholder must also affirmatively exercise such conversion rights at or prior to the time the business combination is voted upon by the stockholders.

If a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has not been executed prior to 16 months from the date of this offering, which is two months before the initial deadline for a business combination, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of this offering, we will abandon our plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval of our stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of this offering, our board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to our stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution, and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If we are forced to liquidate prior to a business combination, our public stockholders are entitled to share ratably in the trust account (including the portion representing the underwriters’ deferred fee and the deferred portion of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance), inclusive of any interest (excluding $1,975,000 used for working capital, net of taxes payable), and any net assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities. Our existing stockholders will have agreed to waive

 

66


Table of Contents

their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution occurring upon our failure to consummate a business combination solely with respect to all of the shares of common stock owned by them immediately prior to this offering. They will participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares of common stock acquired in connection with or following this offering.

Our stockholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the common stock, except that public stockholders, other than our existing stockholders, have the right to have their shares of common stock converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account (including the portion representing the underwriters’ deferred fee and the deferred portion of the representative’s non-accountable expense allowance), if they vote against the business combination and the business combination is approved and completed. Public stockholders who convert their stock into a pro rata share of the trust account still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 5,000 shares of preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock, although the underwriting agreement prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing preferred stock which participates in any manner in the proceeds of the trust fund, or which votes with the common stock on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business combination. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Warrants

No warrants are currently outstanding. Each warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $6.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of:

 

    the completion of the initial business combination; or

 

    one year from the date of this prospectus.

The warrants will expire four years from the date of this prospectus at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

We may redeem the outstanding warrants, including the warrants purchased in our private placement offering, with Ladenburg Thalmann & Co.’s prior consent, at any time after the warrants become exercisable:

 

    in whole and not in part;

 

    at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

    upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrantholder; and

 

    if, and only if, the reported last sale price of our common stock equals or exceeds $11.50 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to the warrantholders.

The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at prices which are intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise prices and provide a sufficient degree of liquidity to cushion the market reaction to our redemption call.

Since we may redeem the warrants only with the prior written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. may hold warrants subject to redemption, Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. may have a conflict of interest in determining whether or not to consent to such redemption. We cannot assure you that Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. will consent to such redemption if the exercise of the warrants is not in its best interest even if the exercise of the warrants is in our best interest.

 

67


Table of Contents

The right to exercise the warrants will be forfeited unless they are exercised before the date specified in the notice of redemption. From and after the redemption date, the record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the warrants, the redemption price.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below their respective exercise prices.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No warrants will be exercisable unless at the time of exercise a prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the common stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to meet these conditions and use our best efforts to maintain a current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. The warrants may be deprived of any value and the market for the warrants may be limited if the prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the common stock is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. However, we will pay to the warrantholder, in lieu of the issuance of any fractional share which is otherwise issuable to the warrantholder, an amount in cash based on the market value of the common stock on the last trading day prior to the exercise date.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters an option to purchase up to a total of 850,000 units at a per unit price of $10.80.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of dividends in the future will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

68


Table of Contents

Our Transfer Agent, Registrar and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our securities and warrant agent for our warrants is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

American Stock Exchange Listing

There is presently no public market for our units, common stock or warrants. Our units have been accepted for listing on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol MQC.U and will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the common stock and warrants will be listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbols MQC and MQC.WS, respectively.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering, we will have 10,625,000 shares of common stock outstanding, or 11,900,000 shares of common stock if Ladenburg Thalmann & Co.’s over-allotment option is exercised in full. All of these shares, except for the 2,125,000 shares of common stock issued prior to this offering, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. The remaining 2,125,000 shares of common stock are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. None of those 2,125,000 shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 prior to June [    ], 2007. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of those shares are subject to escrow agreements and will not be transferable until six months after a business combination and will only be transferred prior to the date subject to certain exceptions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal 106,250 shares of common stock immediately after this offering (or 119,000 if the representative of the underwriters exercises its over-allotment option); and

 

    if the common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of or at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell their shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

SEC Position on Rule 144 Sales

The SEC has taken the position that promoters or affiliates of a blank check company and their transferees, both before and after a business combination, would act as an “underwriter” under the Securities Act of 1933 when reselling the securities of a blank check company acquired prior to the consummation of its initial public

 

69


Table of Contents

offering. Accordingly, the SEC believes that those securities can be resold only through a registered offering and that Rule 144 would not be available for those resale transactions despite technical compliance with the requirements of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

The holders of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and warrants on the date of this prospectus will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering that we register their shares of common stock, their warrants and the shares of common stock underlying their warrants. The Company is only required to use its best efforts to cause a registration statement relating to the resale of such securities to be declared effective and, once effective, only to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement. The holders of warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common stock or any voting rights until such holders exercise their respective warrants and receive shares of our common stock. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any registration statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

In accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named below, and each of the underwriters, for which Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. is acting as representative, has agreed to purchase on a firm commitment basis the number of units set forth opposite their respective name below:

 

Underwriters

  

Number

of Units

 

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.  

   [             ]

Ferris, Baker Watts Incorporated

   [             ]

Maxim Group LLC

   [             ]
      

Total

   8,500,000  
      

A copy of the underwriting agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Pricing of Securities

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters propose to offer the units to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. They may allow some dealers concessions not in excess of $[            ] per unit and the dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of $[            ] per unit to other dealers.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

 

    the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

 

    prior offerings of those companies;

 

    our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

 

    our capital structure;

 

    an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

 

    general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and

 

    other factors as were deemed relevant.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriters are unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the representative of the underwriters an option, exercisable within 45 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase at the offering price, less underwriting discounts, up to an aggregate of 1,275,000 additional units solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The over-allotment option will only be used to cover the net syndicate short position resulting from the initial distribution. The representative of the underwriters may exercise the over-allotment option if the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above.

 

71


Table of Contents

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount to be paid by us to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the representative of the underwriters of its over-allotment option.

 

     Per unit    Without option    With option

Public offering price

   $ 8.00    68,000,000    78,200,000

Discount (1)

   $ 0.38    3,230,000    3,714,500

Proceeds before expenses (2)

   $ 7.62    64,770,000    74,485,500

(1) Excludes $850,000, or 1.25% of the underwriting discount payable to the underwriters, as well as $1,115,000 of a $1,190,000, or 1.75%, non-accountable expense allowance payable to the representative of the underwriters, the payment of which has been deferred until we consummate a business combination.
(2) The offering expenses are estimated at $575,000.

Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to the representative of the underwriters, for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 850,000 units. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus. This option is exercisable at $10.80 per unit, and may be exercised on a cashless basis, commencing on the later of the consummation of a business combination and one year from the date of this prospectus and expiring five years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The option and the 850,000 units, the 850,000 shares of common stock and the 850,000 warrants underlying such units, and the 850,000 shares of common stock underlying such warrants, have been deemed compensation by the NASD and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 2710(g)(1) of the NASD Conduct Rules. We estimate that the value of the representative’s unit purchase option is approximately $2,074,000 using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the representative’s unit purchase option is estimated as of the date of the grant using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 37.566%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 4.82% and (3) contractual life of five years. The expected volatility of approximately 37.566% was estimated by management based on an evaluation of the historical volatilities of similar public entities which had completed a transaction at that time with an operating company. Additionally, the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the date of this prospectus except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. Although the purchase option and its underlying securities have been registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

Warrant Solicitation Fee

We have engaged Ladenburg Thalmann & Co., on a non-exclusive basis, as our agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the warrants. To the extent not inconsistent with the guidelines of the NASD and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we have agreed to pay the representative of the underwriters for bona fide services rendered a commission equal to 6% of the exercise price for each warrant exercised more than one year after the date of this prospectus if the exercise was solicited by the underwriters. In addition to soliciting, either orally or in writing, the exercise of the warrants, the representative’s services may also include disseminating information, either orally or in writing, to warrantholders about us or the market for our securities, and assisting in the

 

72


Table of Contents

processing of the exercise of warrants. No compensation will be paid to the representative of the underwriters upon the exercise of the warrants if:

 

    the market price of the underlying shares of common stock is lower than the exercise price;

 

    the holder of the warrants has not confirmed in writing that the underwriters solicited his, her or its exercise;

 

    the warrants are held in a discretionary account;

 

    the warrants are exercised in an unsolicited transaction; or

 

    the arrangement to pay the commission is not disclosed in the prospectus provided to warrantholders at the time of exercise.

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase our units before the distribution of the units is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

 

    Stabilizing Transactions.     The underwriters may make bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the price of our units, as long as stabilizing bids do not exceed the offering price of $8.00 per unit.

 

    Over-Allotments and Syndicate Coverage Transactions.     The underwriters may create a short position in our units by selling more of our units than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters create a short position during the offering, the representative of the underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions by purchasing our units in the open market. The representative may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option.

 

    Penalty Bids.     The representative of the underwriters may reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our securities to be higher than they would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the prices of our securities if it discourages resales of our securities.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may occur on the OTC Bulletin Board, in the over-the-counter market or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

Other Terms

Although we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so, any of the underwriters may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date which is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in this respect.

 

73


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus are being passed upon for us by Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP, New York, New York. Greenberg Traurig, LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. as of March 31, 2006, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 15, 2006 (inception) to March 31, 2006, included in the registration statement have been included herein in reliance on the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern, of J.H. Cohn LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

 

74


Table of Contents

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

(a corporation in the development stage)

INDEX

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheet, March 31, 2006

   F-3

Statement of Operations, from inception
(March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006

   F-4

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, from inception
(March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006

   F-5

Statement of Cash Flows, from inception
(March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006

   F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-7 – F-12

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (a corporation in the development stage) as of March 31, 2006, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from inception (March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. as of March 31, 2006, and its results of operations and cash flows for the period from inception (March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has no revenue, a significant working capital deficit as of March 31, 2006 and its business plan is dependent on completion of an initial public offering. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ J.H. Cohn LLP

Jericho, New York

June 16, 2006

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Balance Sheet

March 31, 2006

 

ASSETS

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,002  
        

Total current assets

     25,002  

Deferred registration costs (Note 3)

     220,964  
        

Total assets

   $ 245,966  
        

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  

Current Liabilities:

  

Notes payable to initial stockholders (Note 4)

   $ 62,500  

Accrued registration costs

     161,462  

Accrued expenses

     2,504  
        

Total current liabilities

     226,466  
        

Commitments (Note 6)

  

Stockholders’ Equity :

  

Preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share, 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —    

Common stock, par value $.0001 per share, 35,000,000 shares authorized, 1,753,496 shares issued and outstanding (including a decrease of 722,028 shares resulting from a reverse stock split on June 16, 2006)

     175  

Additional paid-in capital

     24,825  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (5,500 )
        

Total stockholders’ equity

     19,500  
        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 245,966  
        

See Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Statement of Operations

From inception (March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006

 

Revenue

   $ —    

Operating expenses:

  

Formation and operating costs

     5,500  
        

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (5,500 )

Provision for income taxes (Note 5)

     —    
        

Net loss for the period

   $ (5,500 )
        

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,753,496  
        

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ —    
        

See Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

From inception (March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006

 

               Additional
Paid-In
Capital
   Deficit
accumulated during
the development
stage
    Total  
     Common Stock        
     Shares    Amount        

Balance, March 15, 2006 (inception)

   —      $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —    

Issuance of Common Stock to initial stockholders (including a decrease of 722,028 shares resulting from a reverse stock split on June 16, 2006 )

   1,753,496      175      24,825      —         25,000  

Net loss for the period

   —        —        —        (5,500 )     (5,500 )
                                   

Balance, March 31, 2006

   1,753,496    $ 175    $ 24,825    $ (5,500 )   $ 19,500  
                                   

See Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Statement of Cash Flows

From inception (March 15, 2006) to March 31, 2006

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

  

Net loss for the period

   $ (5,500 )

Change in operating liability:

  

Accrued expenses

     2,504  
        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,996 )
        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock to initial stockholders

     25,000  

Proceeds from notes payable to initial stockholders

     62,500  

Deferred registration costs

     (59,502 )
        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     27,998  
        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     25,002  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

  

Beginning of period

     —    
        

End of period

   $ 25,002  
        

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity:

  

Accrued registration costs

   $ 161,462  
        

See Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1—DISCUSSION OF THE COMPANY’S ACTIVITIES; GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATION

Organization and activities —Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on March 15, 2006 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar transaction with a currently unidentified operating business or businesses that have operations primarily in India (a “Target Business”). All activity from inception (March 15, 2006) through March 31, 2006 was related to the Company’s formation and capital raising activities.

The Company is considered to be a development stage company and as such the financial statements presented herein are presented in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 7.

The Company intends to raise $68,000,000 in a public offering of its securities in which it would propose to issue 8,500,000 Units (the “Units” or a “Unit”) (plus up to an additional 1,275,000 units solely to cover over-allotments, if any) (“Proposed Offering”). Each Unit will consist of one share of the Company’s common stock and one warrant (a “Warrant”). It is expected that the Company’s management would have broad authority with respect to the application of the interest earned on the monies held in the trust from the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering (Note 6), all of the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be applied toward consummating a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with a Target Business (a “Business Combination”). However, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that approximately $7.80 per Unit sold in the Proposed Offering will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in permitted United States government securities, of which, $0.21 per Unit will be paid to the underwriter upon the consummation of a Business Combination. The placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Up to $1,975,000 in interest earned on the monies held in the trust account may be used to pay for due diligence of prospective Target Businesses, legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations and working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, director and officer insurance and reserves.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, is obliged to submit such transaction for approval by a majority of the common stockholders of the Company. Stockholders that vote against such proposed Business Combination are, under certain conditions described below, entitled to convert their shares into a pro-rata distribution from the Trust Account (the “Conversion Right”). As of March 31, 2006, the Company’s stockholders prior to the Proposed Offering (“Initial Stockholders”), have agreed to vote their 1,753,496 founding shares of common stock in accordance with the vote of the majority in interest of all other stockholders of the Company (“Public Stockholders”) with respect to any Business Combination. In the event that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock vote for the approval of the Business Combination and that holders owning 20% or more of the outstanding common stock do not exercise their Conversion Rights, the Business Combination may then be consummated.

If the Company does not execute a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination prior to 16 months from the date of the Proposed Offering, the Company’s board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to their stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. If, however, a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a business combination has been executed prior to 18 months from the date of the Proposed Offering, the Company will abandon their plan of dissolution and distribution and seek the consummation of that business combination. If a proxy statement seeking the approval

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

of the Company’s stockholders for that business combination has not been filed prior to 22 months from the date of the Proposed Offering, the Company’s board will, prior to such date, convene, adopt and recommend to their stockholders a plan of dissolution and distribution and on such date file a proxy statement with the SEC seeking stockholder approval for such plan. In the event there is no Business Combination within the 18 and 24-month deadlines (the “Target Business Combination Period”), the Company will dissolve and distribute to its Public Stockholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, the amount held in the Trust Account, and any remaining net assets, after the distribution of the Trust Account. In the event of liquidation, it is likely that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per share in the Proposed Offering.

With respect to a Business Combination which is approved and consummated, any Public Stockholder who voted against the Business Combination may exercise their Conversion Right and their common shares would be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares. The per share conversion price will equal the amount in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the proposed Business Combination, divided by the number of shares of common stock held by Public Stockholders at the consummation of the Proposed Offering. Accordingly, Public Stockholders holding 19.99% of the aggregate number of shares owned by all Public Stockholders may seek conversion of their shares in the event of a Business Combination. Such Public Stockholders are entitled to receive their per share interest in the Trust Account computed without regard to the shares held by Initial Stockholders.

Going concern consideration —As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at March 31, 2006, the Company had $25,002 in cash and cash equivalents and a working capital deficit of $201,464. Further, the Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt that the Company will be able to continue operations as a going concern unless the Proposed Offering is consummated. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful or successful within the Target Business Combination Period. No adjustments have been made in the accompanying financial statements to the amounts and classification of assets and liabilities which could result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents are deposits with financial institutions as well as short-term money market instruments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. The Company did not hold any cash equivalents as of March 31, 2006.

Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company may maintain deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. However, management believes the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

Net Loss Per Share —Net loss per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

Basic earnings (loss) per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Basic and diluted loss per share were the same for the period from inception (March 15, 2006) through March 31, 2006, as no potentially dilutive securities have been issued.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —The fair values of the Company’s assets and liabilities that qualify as financial instruments under SFAS No. 107 approximate their carrying amounts presented in the balance sheet at March 31, 2006.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes —Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts and are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

New Accounting Pronouncements— The Company does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

NOTE 3—DEFERRED REGISTRATION COSTS

As of March 31, 2006, the Company has incurred deferred registration costs of $220,964 relating to expenses incurred in connection to the Proposed Offering. Upon consummation of this Proposed Offering, the deferred registration costs will be charged to equity. Should the Proposed Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations.

NOTE 4—NOTES PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS

The Company issued an aggregate of $62,500 unsecured promissory notes to its founders in March 2006 (the “Notes”). The Notes are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of September 30, 2006 or the consummation of the Proposed Offering.

NOTE 5—INCOME TAXES

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts and are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to effect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Significant components of the Company’s future tax assets are as follows:

 

Tax effect of the operating loss carryforward

   $ 850  

Other deferred tax assets

     1,020  

Less valuation allowance

     (1,870 )
        

Totals

   $ —    
        

Management has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets because it does not believe it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be generated during the carry-forward period to realize the deferred tax asset. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent upon many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the loss carry-forward period, which runs through 2026.

NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS

Administrative Fees

The Company is permitted to utilize up to $1,975,000 of the interest earned upon monies in the trust for working capital purposes. The working capital will be used to pay for director and officer liability insurance premiums and general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and secretarial support, with the balance being held in reserve for other expenses, such as relocation of their full-time officers to India, due diligence, legal, accounting, and other fees and expenses for structuring and negotiating business combinations, and deposits, down payments and/or funding of “no shop” provisions in connection with business combinations as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Initial Stockholders in connection with activities undertaken on the Company’s behalf.

Underwriting Agreement

In connection with the Proposed Offering, the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the underwriters in the Proposed Offering.

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company will be obligated to the underwriters for certain fees and expenses related to the Proposed Offering, including underwriting discounts of $4,080,000, or $4,692,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full. The Company and the underwriters have agreed that payment of $850,000, or $977,500 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the underwriting discounts will be deferred until consummation of the Business Combination. The Company will also pay the representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”) a non-accountable expense allowance of $1,190,000, or 1.75% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Offering. The Company and the underwriters have agreed that payment of $1,115,000 of the non-accountable expense allowance will be deferred until consummation of the Business Combination.

In addition, in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company will engage underwriters, on a non-exclusive basis, to act as its agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the Company’s Warrants. In consideration for solicitation services, the Company will pay the underwriters a commission equal to 6% of the exercise price for each Warrant exercised more than one year after the date of the Proposed Offering if the exercise is solicited by the underwriters.

The Company has also agreed to sell to the underwriters a purchase option to purchase the Company’s Units (Note 8).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Initial Stockholders

Pursuant to letter agreements with the Company and the Representative in the Proposed Offering and the private placement offering, the Initial Stockholders will have waived their right to receive distributions with respect to their existing shares in the event of the Company’s liquidation.

The Company intends to sell to certain of the Initial Stockholders and other accredited investors 2,250,000 Warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000. All of the proceeds received from these purchases will be placed in the Trust Account. These Warrants will be identical to the Warrants being offered in the Proposed Offering except that they may be exercised on a cashless basis. These Warrants cannot be sold or transferred until after the consummation of a Business Combination. Additionally, such individuals will waive their right to receive distributions in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to a Business Combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying such Warrants.

The Initial Stockholders and the other accredited investors holding the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock and warrants prior to the effective date of the Proposed Offering will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Offering that the Company register their shares of common stock, their warrants and the shares of common stock underlying their warrants. The Company is only required to use its best efforts to cause a registration statement relating to the resale of such securities to be declared effective and, once effective, only to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement. The Company will not be obligated to deliver securities, and there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise. The holders of warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of the Company’s common stock or any voting rights until such holders exercise their respective warrants and receive shares of the Company’s common stock.

NOTE 7—PREFERRED STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

NOTE 8—WARRANTS AND OPTION TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

Warrants

Each Warrant sold in the Proposed Offering will be exercisable for one share of common stock. Except as set forth below, the Warrants will entitle the holder to purchase shares at $6.00 per share, subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends and splits, reclassifications, combinations and similar events for a period commencing on the later of: (a) completion of the Business Combination and (b) one year from the effective date of the Proposed Offering of the Company’s securities, and ending four years from the date of the Proposed Offering. The Company will have the ability to redeem the Warrants with the prior consent of the Representative, in whole or in part, at a price of $.01 per Warrant at any time after the Warrants become exercisable, upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, and if, and only if, the last sale price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $11.50 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before the Company sent the notice of redemption.

As the proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants will not be received until after the completion of a Business Combination, the expected proceeds from exercise will not have any effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations prior to a Business Combination.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

(a corporation in the development stage)

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In accordance with the Warrant Agreement related to the Warrants to be sold and issued in the Proposed Offering (the “Warrant Agreement”), the Company is only required to use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement. The Company will not be obligated to deliver securities, and there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise. The holders of Warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of the Company’s common stock or any voting rights until such holders exercise their respective warrants and receive shares of the Company’s common stock.

Underwriter Purchase Option

Upon closing of the Proposed Offering, the Company will also sell and issue an option (“UPO”) for $100 to the Representative to purchase up to 850,000 Units at an exercise price of $10.80 per Unit. The Units underlying the UPO will be exercisable in whole or in part, solely at the Representative’s discretion, commencing on the consummation of a Business Combination and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Proposed Offering. The Company intends to account for the fair value of the UPO, inclusive of the receipt of the $100 cash payment, as an expense of the public offering resulting in a charge directly to stockholders’ equity with an equivalent increase in additional paid-in capital. The Company estimates that the fair value of the 850,000 Units underlying the UPO will be approximately 2,074,000 (2.44 per Unit) at the date of sale and issuance, which was determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the UPO has been estimated using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 37.566%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 4.82% and (3) contractual life of 5 years. The expected volatility of approximately 37.566% was estimated by management based on an evaluation of the historical volatilities of similar public entities which had completed a transaction with an operating company. The UPO may be exercised for cash or on a “cashless” basis, at the holder’s option, such that the holder may use the appreciated value of the UPO (the difference between the exercise prices of the UPO and the underlying Warrants and the market price of the Units and underlying securities) to exercise the UPO without the payment of any cash. Each of Units included in the UPO are identical to the Units to be sold in the Proposed Offering, except that the exercise price of the Units will be $10.80 per Unit.

NOTE 9—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

During April and May 2006, the Company issued an additional $85,500 unsecured promissory notes to its founders. These notes are non-interest bearing and are payable on the earlier of September 30, 2006 or the consummation of the Proposed Offering.

During May 2006, certain of the Initial Stockholders purchased 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate $4,000.

During May 2006, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation to authorize the issuance of an additional 10,000,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate authorization of 45,000,000 shares of common stock.

On June 5, 2006, the Company declared a stock dividend of 0.048951 shares for 1 share of common stock to be distributed on June 5, 2006 to shareholders of record on June 5, 2006. On June 16, 2006, the Company declared a reverse stock split of 0.708333 shares for 1 share of common stock to be effective on June 16, 2006 to shareholders of record on June 16, 2006. The accompanying financial statements and share amounts have been retroactively adjusted for the effects of the stock dividend and the reverse stock split. As a result of the stock dividend and reverse stock split, the Initial Stockholders had 2,125,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 16, 2006.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Until [            ], 2006, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.

$68,000,000

MILLENNIUM INDIA

ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

8,500,000 Units

 

 


PROSPECTUS

 


 

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

Ferris, Baker Watts

Incorporated

 

Maxim Group LLC

                    , 2006

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth various expenses which will be incurred in connection with this offering as it relates to this registration statement:

 

SEC filing fee

   $ 16,171  

NASD filing fee

     15,613  

American Stock Exchange listing fee

     70,000  

Initial Trustee’s fee

     1,000 (1)

Printing and engraving expenses

     75,000  

Legal fees and expenses (including blue sky services and expenses)

     325,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     45,000  

Miscellaneous expenses (2)

     27,216  
        

Total

   $ 575,000 (3)
        

(1) In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by The Bank of New York, as trustee, the Registrant will be required to pay to The Bank of New York annual fees of $[            ] for acting as trustee, $[            ] to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company for acting as transfer agent and registrar of the Registrant’s common stock and $[            ] to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company for acting as warrant agent for the Registrant’s warrants.
(2) Miscellaneous expenses include additional expenses that may be incurred by us in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.
(3) $148,000 of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the American Stock Exchange filing fee and a portion of the non-accountable expense allowance and legal and audit fees, have been paid from loans we received from F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga and Kishore Mirchandani described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust upon consummation of this offering.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, or the DGCL.

Paragraph NINTH of Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides:

“NINTH: (A) The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, from time to time, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto.

(B) A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation and to its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

(C) Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in sub-paragraph (d) hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Paragraph NINTH shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Paragraph NINTH or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

(D) If a claim under sub-paragraph (c) of this Paragraph NINTH is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard or conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(E) The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Paragraph NINTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

(F) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.”

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, the registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify the registrant against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On March 31, 2006, the registrant sold an aggregate of 2,360,000 shares of common stock to the following persons without registration under the Securities Act of 1933:

 

Name

  

Number of Shares

of Common Stock

  

Relationship to Us

Kishore Mirchandani

   678,334    Chairman and Director

F. Jacob Cherian

   678,333    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Suhel Kanuga

   678,333    Executive VP, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and Director

Lawrence Burstein

   225,000    Director

Gul Asrani

   20,000    Director

C.P. Krishnan Nair

   20,000    Director

Sarat Sethi

   20,000    Director

Daulat Dipshan

   10,000    Advisor

Dr. Vijay C. Panjabi

   10,000    Advisor

Dr. Kurian P. Abraham

   10,000    Advisor

Such shares were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 as they were sold to accredited individuals. The shares issued to the individuals above were sold for an aggregate offering price of $25,000 at a purchase price of approximately $0.01 per share. No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

During May 2006, Messrs. Mirchandani, Cherian and Kanuga each purchased 150,000 shares of common stock and Mr. Burstein purchased 50,000 shares of common stock for a total of 500,000 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $0.01 per share, or an aggregate of $4,000. Such shares were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as they were sold to accredited individuals.

On June 5, 2006, we declared a stock dividend of 0.048951 shares for one share of common stock to record holders as of June 5, 2006.

On June 16, 2006, we declared a reverse stock split of 0.708333 shares to one share of common stock to record holders as of June 16, 2006.

We anticipate that immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, we will privately sell 2,250,000 warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate of $2,250,000 to our existing stockholders, including our officers, directors or special advisors, or any of their affiliates. All of the proceeds we receive from the sale of these private placement warrants will be placed in the trust account upon the consummation of this offering. The privately placed warrants will be identical to the warrants offered by this prospectus except that they will be subject to lock up agreements restricting their sale until after the completion of a business combination, and they may be exercised on a cashless basis. In addition, the purchasers of the private placement warrants will waive their right to receive distributions upon our liquidation prior to a business combination with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the privately placed warrants.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a) The following is a list of Exhibits filed herewith as part of the registration statement:

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  1.2**   Form of Selected Dealers Agreement
  3.1**   Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2**   Registrant’s Bylaws
  3.3       Certificate of Amendment to Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  4.1       Specimen Unit Certificate
  4.2       Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  4.3       Specimen Warrant Certificate
  4.4       Form of Unit Purchase Option to be granted to the Representative of the Underwriters
  4.5       Form of Warrant Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant
  5.1       Opinion of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP
10.1       Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between The Bank of New York and the Registrant
10.2**   Form of Stock Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Existing Stockholders.
10.3       Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and each of F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga, Kishore Mirchandani, Lawrence Burstein, C.P. Krishnan Nair, Gul Asrani, and Sarat Sethi
10.4**   Form of Promissory Note issued by the Registrant to each of F. Jacob Cherian, Suhel Kanuga and Kishore Mirchandani
10.5       Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and each of the existing stockholders
14.1**   Code of Ethics
23.1**   Consent of J.H. Cohn LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2       Consent of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP (to be contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**   Power of Attorney (comprises a portion of the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1**   Audit Committee charter

  * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist or the information required thereby is included in the financial statements filed, including the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,

 

II-4


Table of Contents

represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

(b) The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

(d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 28th day of June, 2006.

 

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION

COMPANY INC.

By:   /s/    F. Jacob Cherian        
  F. Jacob Cherian
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 


In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    F. Jacob Cherian        

F. Jacob Cherian

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 28, 2006

*

Suhel Kanuga

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and Director

(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

  June 28, 2006

*

Kishore Mirchandani

   Chairman and Director   June 28, 2006

*

Lawrence Burstein

   Director   June 28, 2006

 

Gul Asrani

   Director  

*

C.P. Krishnan Nair

   Director   June 28, 2006

*

Sarat Sethi

   Director   June 28, 2006

F. Jacob Cherian, pursuant to Powers of Attorney (executed by each of the officers and directors listed above and indicated as signing above, and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), by signing his name hereto does hereby sign and execute this Amendment to the Registration Statement on behalf of each of the persons referenced above.

 

Date: June 28, 2006   /s/    F. Jacob Cherian        
  F. Jacob Cherian

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable. The resolution setting forth the amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article Fourth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation be deleted in its entirety and the following be substituted in lieu thereof:

“FOURTH: (a) The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 45,005,000 of which:

(i) 45,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock of the par value of $0.0001 per share; and

(ii) 5,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock of the par value of $0.0001 per share.

(b) Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in series or otherwise and the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby authorized, subject to the limitations provided by law, to establish and designate (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) series, if any, of the Preferred Stock, to fix the number of shares constituting any such series, and to fix the voting powers, designations, and relative, participating, optional, conversion, redemption and other rights of the shares of Preferred Stock or series thereof, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, and to increase and to decrease the number of shares of Preferred Stock constituting any such series. The authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation with respect to shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof shall include but shall not be limited to the authority to determine the following:

I. The designation of any series;

II. The number of shares initially constituting any such series;

III. The rate or rates and the times at which dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof shall be paid, and whether or not such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if such dividends shall be cumulative, the date or dates from and after which they shall accumulate;

IV. Whether or not shares of the Preferred Stock or series thereof shall be redeemable, and, if such shares shall be redeemable, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including


but not limited to the date or dates upon or after which such shares shall be redeemable and the amount per share which shall be payable upon such redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

V. The amount payable on the shares of Preferred Stock or series thereof in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; provided, however, that the holders of such shares shall be entitled to be paid, or to have set apart for payment, not less than $0.0001 per share before the holders of shares of the Common Stock or the holders of any other class of stock ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to rights on liquidation shall be entitled to be paid any amount or to have any amount set apart for payment; provided, further, that, if the amounts payable on liquidation are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of assets other than by way of dividends in accordance with the sums which would be payable in such distribution if all sums payable were discharged in full;

VI. Whether or not the shares of Preferred Stock or series thereof shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if such shares shall have such voting rights, the terms and conditions thereof, including but not limited to the right of the holders of such shares to vote as a separate class either alone or with the holders of shares of one or more other class or series of Preferred Stock and the right to have more than one vote per share;

VII. Whether or not a sinking fund shall be provided for the redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock or series thereof, and, if such a sinking fund shall be provided, the terms and conditions thereof;

VIII. Whether or not a purchase fund shall be provided for the shares of Preferred Stock or series thereof, and, if such a purchase fund shall be provided, the terms and conditions thereof;

IX. Whether or not the shares of Preferred Stock or series thereof shall have conversion privileges, and, if such shares shall have conversion privileges, the terms and conditions of conversion, including but not limited to any provision for the adjustment of the conversion rate or the conversion price; and

X. Any other relative rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions.

(c) Common Stock.

1. Dividends. Subject to the preferential dividend rights, if any, applicable to shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive only such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation. Except as set forth in Paragraph FIFTH, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts to be distributed to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled, ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to holders of Common Stock.

 

-2-


3. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any Preferred Stock Designation, the holders of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power and each share of Common Stock shall have one vote.

4. Conversion. The holders of Common Stock shall have no conversion rights other than as set forth in subparagraph B of Paragraph FIFTH hereof.

At 5:00 p.m., EST, on the date of the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all outstanding shares of Common Stock held by each holder of record on such date shall be automatically combined at the rate of 0.708333 for one without any further action on the part of the holders thereof or the Corporation. No fractional shares will be issued. All fractional shares for one-half share or more shall be increased to the next higher whole number of shares and all fractional shares of less than one-half share shall be decreased to the next lower whole number of shares, respectively.”

SECOND: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by F. Jacob Cherian, its President, this 19 th day of June 2006.

 

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.
By:  

        /s/ F. Jacob Cherian

 

Name:    F. Jacob Cherian

 

Title:      President and Chief Executive Officer

 

-3-

Exhibit 4.1

 

NUMBER       UNITS
U-      
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS    MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.   

CUSIP

UNITS CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND ONE WARRANT

TO PURCHASE ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

  

is the owner of

   Units.

Each Unit (“Unit”) consists of one (1) share of common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and one (1) warrant (the “Warrant”). Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock for $6.00 per share (subject to adjustment). Each Warrant will become exercisable on the later of (i) the Company’s completion of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination and (ii)                     , 2007, and will expire unless exercised before 5:00 p.m., New York City Time, on                     , 2010, or earlier upon redemption (the “Expiration Date”). The Common Stock and Warrant comprising the Units represented by this certificate are not transferable separately prior to , 2006, subject to earlier separation in the discretion of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. The terms of the Warrants are governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of                     , 2006, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent, and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file at the office of the Warrant Agent at 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038, and are available to any Warrant holder on written request and without cost.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Company.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

By

             
  Chairman      

Secretary


Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

The Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM –

   as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -    Custodian

TEN ENT –

   as tenants by the entireties       _______________    _______________
         (Cust)    (Minor)

JT TEN –

   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common       under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act _________________
         (State)

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,                                         hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
  
  
      Units
represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint      
      Attorney
to transfer the said Units on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.   

 

Dated            
      Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

    
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 4.2

 

NUMBER      SHARES
H     
MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
COMMON STOCK
     SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

This Certifies that   

CUSIP

is the owner of   

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.0001 EACH OF THE

COMMON STOCK OF

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this

certificate properly endorsed.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

[Corporate Seal]

 
           

CHAIRMAN

     

SECRETARY


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM –

   as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -    Custodian

TEN ENT –

   as tenants by the entireties       _______________    _______________
         (Cust)    (Minor)

JT TEN –

   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common       under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act _________________
         (State)

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Corporation and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of shares of Common Stock (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Corporation), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

For value received,                                         hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
  
  
      shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint      
      Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation will full power of substitution in the premises.      

 

Dated            
      Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

    
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).

The holder of this certificate shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust fund only in the event of the Company’s liquidation upon failure to consummate a business combination or if the holder seeks to convert its respective shares into cash upon a business combination which it has voted against and which is actually completed by the Company. In no other circumstances shall the holder have any right or interest of any kind in or to the trust fund.

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 4.3

 

NUMBER -

  

(THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME,                    , 2010

   WARRANTS
MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.
      CUSIP   

WARRANT

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

is the registered holder of a Warrant or Warrants expiring                     , 2010 (the “Warrant”) to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Shares”), of Millennium India Acquisition Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for each Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate. The Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase from the Company, commencing on the later of (i) the Company’s completion of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination and (ii)                     , 2007, such number of Shares of the Company at the price of $6.00 per share, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (such payment to be made by check made payable to the Warrant Agent), but only subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, set forth on the face hereof, may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. The term Warrant Price as used in this Warrant Certificate refers to the price per Share at which Shares may be purchased at the time the Warrant is exercised.

No fraction of a Share will be issued upon any exercise of a Warrant. If the holder of a Warrant would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Share upon any exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of Shares to be issued to such holder.

Upon any exercise of the Warrant for less than the total number of full Shares provided for herein, there shall be issued to the registered holder hereof or the registered holder’s assignee a new Warrant Certificate covering the number of Shares for which the Warrant has not been exercised.

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent by the registered holder hereof in person or by attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Warrant Certificate at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Warrant does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

The Company reserves the right to call the Warrant at any time prior to its exercise, with a notice of call in writing to the holders of record of the Warrant, giving 30 days’ notice of such call at any time after the Warrant


becomes exercisable if the last sale price of the Shares has been at least $11.50 per share on each of 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of such call is given. The call price of the Warrants is to be $.01 per Warrant. Any Warrant either not exercised or tendered back to the Company by the end of the date specified in the notice of call shall be canceled on the books of the Company and have no further value except for the $.01 call price.

 

By:

             
 

Secretary

     

Chairman

 

- 2 -


SUBSCRIPTION FORM

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants

The undersigned Registered Holder irrevocably elects to exercise                     Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that Certificates for such shares shall be issued in the name of

 

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)
  
  
  

(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

 

and be delivered to 

    
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

and, if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below:

 

Dated:

             
       

(SIGNATURE)

          
        (ADDRESS)
          
          
       

(TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

ASSIGNMENT

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

For Value Received,                                         hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto

 

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)
  
  
  

(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

 

and be delivered to 

    
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

 

- 3 -


                                         of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                         Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

             
       

(SIGNATURE)

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OF THE SUBSCRIPTION FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE, NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR CHICAGO STOCK EXCHANGE.

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 4.4

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS UNIT PURCHASE OPTION (THIS “PURCHASE OPTION”) BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE OPTION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC. (“ LADENBURG ”) OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF LADENBURG OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.

THIS PURCHASE OPTION IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO THE LATER OF THE CONSUMMATION BY MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC. (“ COMPANY ”) OF A MERGER, CAPITAL STOCK EXCHANGE, ASSET ACQUISITION OR OTHER SIMILAR BUSINESS COMBINATION (“ BUSINESS COMBINATION ”)(AS DESCRIBED MORE FULLY IN THE COMPANY’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT (DEFINED HEREIN)) OR                      , 2007. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY LOCAL TIME, 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE THE UNIT PURCHASE OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE.

UNIT PURCHASE OPTION

FOR THE PURCHASE OF

850,000 UNITS

OF

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

 

1. Purchase Option.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of $ 100.00 duly paid by or on behalf of Ladenburg (“ Holder ”), as registered owner of this Purchase Option, to Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (“ Company ”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time upon the later of the consummation of a Business Combination or                      , 2007 (“ Commencement Date ”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., New York City local time, 30 days after the Commencement Date (“ Expiration Date ”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand (850,000) units (“ Units ”) of the Company, each Unit consisting of one share of common stock of the Company, par value $.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), and one warrant (“ Warrant(s) ”) expiring five years from the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the registration statement (“ Registration Statement ”) pursuant to which Units are offered for sale to the public (“ Offering ”). Each Warrant is the same as the warrants included in the Units being registered for sale to the public by way of the Registration Statement (“ Public Warrants ”). If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Option may be exercised on the


next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate the Purchase Option. This Purchase Option is initially exercisable at $10.80 per Unit so purchased; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Option, including the exercise price per Unit and the number of Units (and shares of Common Stock and Warrants) to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context.

 

2. Exercise.

2.1 Exercise Form . In order to exercise this Purchase Option, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Option and payment of the Exercise Price for the Units being purchased payable in cash or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., New York City local time, on the Expiration Date this Purchase Option shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

2.2 Legend . Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Act ”):

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) or applicable state law. The securities may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state law.”

2.3 Cashless Exercise.

2.3.1 Determination of Amount . In lieu of the payment of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Units for which this Purchase Option is exercisable (and in lieu of being entitled to receive Common Stock and Warrants) in the manner required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to convert any exercisable but unexercised portion of this Purchase Option into Units (“ Conversion Right ”) as follows: upon exercise of the Conversion Right, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any of the Exercise Price in cash) that number of Units (or that number of shares of Common Stock and Warrants comprising that number of Units) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the “Value” (as defined below) of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted by (y) the Current Market Value (as defined below). The “Value” of the portion of the Purchase Option being converted shall equal the remainder derived from subtracting (a) (i) the Exercise Price multiplied by (ii) the number of Units underlying the portion of this Purchase Option being converted from (b) the Current Market Value of a Unit multiplied by the number of Units underlying the portion of the Purchase Option being converted. As used herein, the term “ Current Market Value ” per Unit at any date means : (A) in the event that neither the Units nor Public Warrants are still trading, the remainder derived from subtracting (x) the exercise price of

 

2


the Warrants multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants underlying one Unit from (y)(i) the Current Market Price of the Common Stock multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying one Unit, which shall include the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants included in such Unit; (B) in the event that the Units, Common Stock and Public Warrants are still trading, (i) if the Units are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), the last sale price of the Units in the principal trading market for the Units as reported by the exchange, Nasdaq or the NASD, as the case may be, on the last trading day preceding the date in question; or (ii) if the Units are not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), but are traded in the residual over-the-counter market, the closing bid price for Units on the last trading day preceding the date in question for which such quotations are reported by the Pink Sheets, LLC or similar publisher of such quotations; and (C) in the event that the Units are not still trading but the Common Stock and Public Warrants underlying the Units are still trading, the Current Market Price of the Common Stock plus the product of (x) the Current Market Price of the Public Warrants and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants included in one Unit. The “ Current Market Price ” shall mean (i) if the Common Stock (or Public Warrants, as the case may be) is listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), the last sale price of the Common Stock (or Public Warrants) in the principal trading market for the Common Stock as reported by the exchange, Nasdaq or the NASD, as the case may be, on the last trading day preceding the date in question; (ii) if the Common Stock (or Public Warrants, as the case may be) is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, Nasdaq Capital Market or the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), but is traded in the residual over-the-counter market, the closing bid price for the Common Stock (or Public Warrants) on the last trading day preceding the date in question for which such quotations are reported by the Pink Sheets, LLC or similar publisher of such quotations; and (iii) if the fair market value of the Common Stock cannot be determined pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, such price as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in good faith. In the event the Public Warrants have expired and are no longer exercisable, no “Value” shall be attributed to the Warrants underlying this Purchase Option. Additionally, in the event that this Purchase Option is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.3 and the Public Warrants are still trading, the “Value” shall be reduced by the difference between the Warrant Exercise Price and the exercise price of the Public Warrants multiplied by the number of Warrants underlying the Units included in the portion of this Purchase Option being converted.

2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless Exercise . The Cashless Exercise Right may be exercised by the Holder on any business day on or after the Commencement Date and not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City local time on the Expiration Date by delivering the Purchase Option with the duly executed exercise form attached hereto with the cashless exercise section completed to the Company, exercising the Cashless Exercise Right and specifying the total number of Units the Holder will purchase pursuant to such Cashless Exercise Right.

 

3


3. Transfer.

3.1 General Restrictions . The registered Holder of this Purchase Option, by its acceptance hereof, agrees that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Option for a period of one year following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) Ladenburg or an underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of Ladenburg or of any such underwriter or selected dealer. On and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Option and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five business days transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option or Purchase Options of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Units purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Act . The securities evidenced by this Purchase Option shall not be transferred unless and until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing that the opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the availability of an exemption), or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

 

4. New Purchase Options to be Issued.

4.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer . Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Option for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Option of like tenor to this Purchase Option in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Units purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Option has not been exercised or assigned.

4.2 Lost Certificate . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Option and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Option executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

4


5. Registration; Procedures.

5.1 Registration.

5.1.1 Company Obligation . The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible following the Effective Date, use its best efforts to register under the Act all of the Purchase Options and all of the securities underlying such Purchase Options, including the Units, Common Stock, the Warrants and the Common Stock underlying the Warrants (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”). On such occasion, the Company will use its best efforts to file a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to have such registration statement or post-effective amendment declared effective as soon as possible thereafter. Further, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver securities to the holder until such time, if any, that a registration statement is declared effective. If the Company uses its best efforts to comply with such provisions then it shall have no liability due to a delay in the registration or the effectiveness of such registration statement and in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the exercise of the Purchase Option.

5.1.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such states as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a state in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such state, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any registration statement or post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section 5.1.1 to remain effective for a period of nine consecutive months from the effective date of such registration statement or post-effective amendment.

5.2 General Terms.

5.2.1 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever whether arising out of any action between the underwriter and the Company or between the underwriter and any third party or otherwise) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the underwriters contained in Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement between the Company, Ladenburg and the other underwriters named therein dated the Effective Date. The Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and

 

5


other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.

5.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Options . Nothing contained in this Purchase Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Purchase Options or Warrants underlying such Purchase Options prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

5.2.3 Documents Delivered to Holders . The Company shall furnish Ladenburg, as representative of the Holders participating in any of the foregoing offerings, a signed counterpart, addressed to the participating Holders, of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also, prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such registration statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders. The Company shall also deliver promptly to Ladenburg, as representative of the Holders participating in the offering, the correspondence and memoranda described below and copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit Ladenburg, as representative of the Holders, to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“ NASD ”). Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times and as often as Ladenburg, as representative of the Holders, shall reasonably request. The Company shall not be required to disclose any confidential information or other records to Ladenburg, as representative of the

 

6


Holders, or to any other person, until and unless such persons shall have entered into reasonable confidentiality agreements (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company), with the Company with respect thereto.

5.2.4 Underwriting Agreement . The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any Holders whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders and their intended methods of distribution. Such Holders, however, shall agree to such covenants and indemnification and contribution obligations for selling stockholders as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. Further, such Holders shall execute appropriate custody agreements and otherwise cooperate fully in the preparation of the registration statement and other documents relating to any offering in which they include securities pursuant to this Section 5. Each Holder shall also furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities.

5.2.5 Rule 144 Sale . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 5 to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation pursuant to Section 5.1 for the registration of Registrable Securities held by any Holder (i) where such Holder would then be entitled to sell under Rule 144 within any three-month period (or such other period prescribed under Rule 144 as may be provided by amendment thereof) all of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder, and (ii) where the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder is within the volume limitations under paragraph (e) of Rule 144 (calculated as if such Holder were an affiliate within the meaning of Rule 144).

5.2.6 Amendments and Supplemental Prospectus . The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such registration statement (which period shall not exceed the sum of one hundred eighty (180) days plus any period during which any such disposition is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any governmental agency or court) or such securities have been withdrawn. Each Holder agrees, that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in the registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits

 

7


to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus, and, if so desired by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of such destruction) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

5.2.7 Notification . After the filing of a registration statement pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such registration statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such registration statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such registration statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall reasonably object.

5.2.8 State Securities Law Compliance . The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by any registration statement prepared pursuant to Section 5 hereof under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

 

8


5.2.9 Cooperation . The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the registration statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

5.2.10 Records . The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement or any underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such registration statement.

5.2.11 Listing . The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

6. Adjustments.

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities . The Exercise Price and the number of Units underlying the Purchase Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

6.1.1 Stock Dividends - Split-Ups . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of shares of Common Stock, and the exercise price applicable thereto, underlying the Warrants underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Warrants. For example, if the Company declares a two-for-one stock dividend and at the time of such dividend this Purchase Option is for the purchase of one Unit at $8.00 per whole Unit (each Warrant underlying the Units is exercisable for $6.00 per share), upon effectiveness of the dividend, this Purchase Option will be adjusted to allow for the purchase of one Unit at $8.00 per Unit, each Unit entitling the holder to receive two shares of Common Stock and two Warrants (each Warrant exercisable for $3.00 per share).

 

9


6.1.2 Aggregation of Shares . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares. In such case, the number of shares of Common Stock, and the exercise price applicable thereto, underlying the Warrants underlying each of the Units purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Warrants.

6.1.3 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc . In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Common Stock, or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Option shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Option) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Option and the underlying Warrants immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in shares of Common Stock covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

6.1.4 Changes in Form of Purchase Option . This form of Purchase Option need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section, and Purchase Options issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Units as are stated in the Purchase Options initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Options reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

6.2 Substitute Purchase Option . In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Common Stock), the corporation formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Option providing that the holder of each Purchase Option then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Option) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Option, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company

 

10


for which such Purchase Option might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Option shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided in Section 6.1. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of shares of Common Stock or Warrants upon the exercise of the Purchase Option, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up to the nearest whole number of Warrants, shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights.

7. Reservation and Listing. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Options or the Warrants underlying the Purchase Option, such number of shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all shares of Common Stock and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of the Warrants underlying the Purchase Options and payment of the respective Warrant exercise price therefor, all shares of Common Stock and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all (i) Units and shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Options, (ii) Warrants issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Options and (iii) shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Units issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Option to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on the Nasdaq National Market, Capital Market, OTC Bulletin Board or any successor trading market) on which the Units, the Common Stock or the Public Warrants issued to the public in connection herewith may then be listed and/or quoted.

 

8. Certain Notice Requirements.

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice . Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Options and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders.

 

11


8.2 Events Requiring Notice . The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, or (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or merger) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price . The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“ Price Notice ”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s President and Chief Financial Officer.

8.4 Transmittal of Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Option shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered, or mailed by express mail or private courier service: (i) if to the registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to the following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

338 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Attn: F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

9. Miscellaneous.

9.1 Amendments . The Company and Ladenburg may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Option without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and Ladenburg may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and Ladenburg deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

9.2 Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

 

12


9.3. Entire Agreement . This Purchase Option (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Option) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9.4 Binding Effect . This Purchase Option shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Option or any provisions herein contained.

9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Purchase Option shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

9.6 Waiver, Etc . The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Option or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non- fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Option shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or non-compliance.

9.7 Execution in Counterparts . This Purchase Option may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

9.8 Exchange Agreement . As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Option by Holder, if the Company and Ladenburg enter into an agreement (“ Exchange

 

13


Agreement ”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Option to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the      day of              , 2006.

 

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION

COMPANY INC.

By:  

 

 

Name: F. Jacob Cherian

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

14


Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

338 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Attn: F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:              , 200     

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise all or a portion of the within Purchase Option and to purchase              Units of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. and hereby makes payment of $              (at the rate of $              per Unit) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Common Stock and Warrants as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

or

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase              Units purchasable under the within Purchase Option by surrender of the unexercised portion of the attached Purchase Option (with a “Value” based of $              based on a “Market Price” of $              ). Please issue the securities comprising the Units as to which this Purchase Option is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

 

Signature

Signature Guaranteed

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Name

(Print in Block Letters)

Address

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS FORM MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN PURCHASE OPTION IN

 

15


EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A BANK, OTHER THAN A SAVINGS BANK, OR BY A TRUST COMPANY OR BY A FIRM HAVING MEMBERSHIP ON A REGISTERED NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE.

 

16


Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Option):

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                                                                                                 does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                                the right to purchase                          Units of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (“ Company ”) evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

Dated:                                      , 200     

 

 

Signature

 

Signature Guaranteed

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS FORM MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN PURCHASE OPTION IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A BANK, OTHER THAN A SAVINGS BANK, OR BY A TRUST COMPANY OR BY A FIRM HAVING MEMBERSHIP ON A REGISTERED NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE.

 

17

Exhibit 4.5

WARRANT AGREEMENT

Agreement made as of                      , 2006 between Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C, New York, New York 10016 (“Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, with offices at 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10007 (“Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of Units (“Units”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to (i) 13,800,000 Warrants (“Public Warrants”) to the public investors, and (ii) 1,200,000 Warrants to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (“Ladenburg”) or its designees (“Representative’s Warrants” and, together with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”), each of such Public Warrants evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), for $6.00, subject to adjustment as described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement, No. 333- 133189 on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Warrant Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Warrants.

2.1 Form of Warrant . Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board or President and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

2.2 Effect of Countersignature . Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3 Registration.

2.3.1 Warrant Register . The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”) for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

2.3.2 Registered Holder . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”), as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

2.4 Detachability of Warrants . The securities comprising the Units will not be separately transferable until 90 days after the date hereof unless Ladenburg informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will Ladenburg allow separate trading of the securities comprising the Units until (i) the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K and (ii) at least five days have passed since the distribution of the Units in the Public Offering has been completed.

 

2


2.5 Warrants and Representative’s Warrants . The Representative’s Warrants shall have the same terms and be in the same form as the Public Warrants.

3. Terms and Exercise of Warrants

3.1 Warrant Price . Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Common Stock stated therein, at the price of $6.00 per whole share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date for a period of not less than 10 business days; provided, that any such reduction shall be identical in percentage terms among all of the Warrants.

3.2 Duration of Warrants . A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on the later of (i) the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination (“Business Combination”) (as described more fully in the Company’s Registration Statement) and (ii)                      , 2007, and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of (i)                      , 2010 or (ii) the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”). Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, however, that the Company will provide notice to registered holders of the Warrants of such extension of not less than 20 days; provided, further, that any such extension shall be identical in duration among all of the Warrants.

3.3 Exercise of Warrants.

3.3.1 Payment . Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Warrant Agreement, including Section 3.3.2, a Warrant, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering it, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant, duly executed, and by paying in full, in lawful money of the United States, in cash, good certified check or good bank draft payable to the order of the Company (or as otherwise agreed to by the Company), the Warrant Price for each full share of Common Stock as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for the Common Stock, and the issuance of the Common Stock; provided, however, that with respect to any Warrants purchased prior to the consummation of the Public Offering by any officer, director, special advisor, or any of their affiliates, and purchasers in a private placement offering occurring immediately prior to the consummation of the Public Offering, pursuant to letter agreements between such individuals and Ladenburg, in the event of redemption pursuant to Section 6 hereof, such individuals may pay the Warrant Price by surrendering his Warrant for that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant, multiplied by the

 

3


difference between the Warrant Price and the “Fair Market Value” (defined below) by (y) the Fair Market Value. The “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to holders of Warrants pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

3.3.2 Issuance of Certificates . As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrant a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new countersigned Warrant for the number of shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle the Warrant exercise unless (i) a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Common Stock is effective, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations under Section 7.4 to use its best efforts, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the exercise of the Warrants is exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and such securities are qualified for sale or exempt from qualification under applicable securities laws of the states or other jurisdictions in which the registered holders reside. In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Common Stock underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise. Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.

3.3.3 Valid Issuance . All shares of Common Stock issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.3.4 Date of Issuance . Each person in whose name any such certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

3.3.5 Warrant Solicitation and Warrant Solicitation Fee .

(a) The Company has engaged Ladenburg, on a non-exclusive basis, as its agent for the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrants. The Company, at its cost, will (i) assist Ladenburg with respect to such solicitation, if requested by Ladenburg, and (ii) provide Ladenburg, and direct the Company’s transfer and warrant agent to deliver to Ladenburg, lists of the record, and to the extent known, beneficial owners of the Company’s Warrants. The Company hereby instructs the Warrant Agent to cooperate with Ladenburg in every respect in connection with Ladenburg’s solicitation activities, including, but not limited to, providing to Ladenburg, at the Company’s cost, a list of record and beneficial holders of the Warrants and circulating a prospectus or offering circular disclosing the compensation arrangements referenced in Section 3.3.5(b) below to holders of the Warrants at the time of exercise of the Warrants. In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 3.3.5(b), Ladenburg shall accept payment of the warrant solicitation fee provided in Section 3.3.5(b) only if it has provided bona fide services to the Company in connection with the exercise of the Warrants and only to the

 

4


extent that an investor who exercises his Warrants specifically designates, in writing, that Ladenburg solicited his exercise. In addition to soliciting, either orally or in writing, the exercise of Warrants by a Warrantholder, such services may also include disseminating information, either orally or in writing, to Warrantholders about the Company or the market for the Company’s securities, or assisting in the processing of the exercise of Warrants.

(b) In each instance in which a Warrant is exercised, the Warrant Agent shall promptly give written notice of such exercise to the Company and Ladenburg (“Warrant Agent’s Exercise Notice”). If, upon the exercise of any Warrant more than one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement, (i) the market price of the Company’s Common Stock is greater than the Warrant Price, (ii) disclosure of compensation arrangements was made both at the time of the Public Offering and at the time of exercise (by delivery of the Prospectus or as otherwise required by applicable law, rule or regulation), (iii) the holder of the Warrant confirms in writing that the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by Ladenburg, (iv) the Warrant was not held in a discretionary account, and (v) the solicitation of the exercise of the Warrant was not in violation of Regulation M (as such rule or any successor rule may be in effect as of such time of exercise) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, then the Warrant Agent, simultaneously with the distribution of proceeds to the Company received upon exercise of the Warrant(s) so exercised, shall, on behalf of the Company, pay from the proceeds received upon exercise of the Warrant(s), a fee of 6% of the Warrant Price to Ladenburg, provided that Ladenburg delivers to the Warrant Agent within ten (10) business days from the date on which Ladenburg has received the Warrant Agent’s Exercise Notice, a certificate that the conditions set forth in the preceding clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fee will be paid to Ladenburg with respect to the exercise by the Underwriters or their affiliates of Warrants purchased by it or them upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants and still held by the Underwriter’s or them for its or their own account. Ladenburg and the Company may at any time during business hours, examine the records of the Warrant Agent, including its ledger of original Warrant certificates returned to the Warrant Agent upon exercise of Warrants.

(c) The provisions of this Section 3.3.5. may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Ladenburg.

4. Adjustments.

4.1 Stock Dividends Split Ups . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock, or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

4.2 Aggregation of Shares . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

5


4.3 Adjustments in Exercise Price . Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Section 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

4.4 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in shares of Common Stock covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4.4. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

4.5 Notices of Changes in Warrant . Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the warrant register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

4.6 No Fractional Shares . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of the shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

6


4.7 Form of Warrant . The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

4.8 Notice of Certain Transactions . In the event that the Company shall propose to (a) offer the holders of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (b) issue any rights, options or warrants entitling the holders of Common Stock to subscribe for shares of Common Stock or (c) make a tender offer or exchange offer with respect to the Common Stock, the Company shall send to the Warrant holders a notice of such proposed action or offer. Such notice shall be mailed to the registered holders at their addresses as they appear in the Warrant Register, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and the Warrant Price after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this Article 4 which would be required as a result of such action. Such notice shall be given as promptly as practicable after the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined to take any such action and (x) in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining the holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action or (y) in the case of any other such action at least 20 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

4.9 Other Events . If any event occurs as to which the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 are not strictly applicable or, if strictly applicable, would not, in the good faith judgment of the Board, fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the registered holders of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.

5. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

5.1 Registration of Transfer . The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an

 

7


equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

5.2 Procedure for Surrender of Warrants . Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

5.3 Fractional Warrants . The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a warrant.

5.4 Service Charges . No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

5.5 Warrant Execution and Countersignature . The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

6. Redemption.

6.1 Redemption . Subject to Section 6.4 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $.01 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that the last sales price of the Common Stock has been at least $11.50 per share, on each of twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given and provided that the Warrants and shares of common stock underlying the Warrants are covered by a registration statement that is effective under the Act. The provisions of this Section 6.1 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Ladenburg.

6.2 Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption . In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than 30 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

6.3 Exercise After Notice of Redemption . The Warrants may be exercised, for cash (or on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3.3.1 of this Agreement) at any time after

 

8


notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the time and date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

6.4 Outstanding Warrants Only . The Company understands that the redemption rights provided for by this Section 6 apply only to outstanding Warrants. To the extent a person holds rights to purchase Warrants, such purchase rights shall not be extinguished by redemption. However, once such purchase rights are exercised, the Company may redeem the Warrants issued upon such exercise provided that the criteria for redemption is met, including the opportunity of the Warrant holder to exercise prior to redemption pursuant to Section 6.3. The provisions of this Section 6.4 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Ladenburg.

7. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants.

7.1 No Rights as Stockholder . A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

7.2 Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants . If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

7.3 Reservation of Common Stock . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4 Registration of Common Stock . The Company agrees that prior to the commencement of the Exercise Period, it shall use its best efforts to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a new registration statement, for the registration, under the Act, of, and it shall use its best efforts take such action as is necessary to qualify for sale, in those states in which the Warrants were initially offered by the Company and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. In either case, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective on or prior to the commencement of the Exercise Period and use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to deliver securities and shall not have penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise by the holder. The provisions of this Section 7.4 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Ladenburg.

 

9


8. Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters.

8.1 Payment of Taxes . The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

8.2 Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent.

8.2.1 Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

8.2.2 Notice of Successor Warrant Agent . In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Common Stock not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

8.2.3 Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent . Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

8.3 Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

 

10


8.3.1 Remuneration . The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

8.3.2 Further Assurances . The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4 Liability of Warrant Agent.

8.4.1 Reliance on Company Statement . Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4.2 Indemnity . The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

8.4.3 Exclusions . The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

8.5 Acceptance of Agency . The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through the exercise of Warrants.

 

11


9. Miscellaneous Provisions.

9.1 Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

9.2 Notices . Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Attn: F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

59 Maiden Lane

Plaza Level

New York, NY 10038

Attn:

with a copy in each case to:

Greenberg Traurig LLP

MetLife Building

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attn: Alan I. Annex, Esq.

and

Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Ira I. Roxland, Esq.

and

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

153 East 53rd Street

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Peter H. Blum

 

12


9.3 Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenience forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

9.4 Persons Having Rights under this Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Sections 3.3.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof, Ladenburg, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. Ladenburg shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 3.3.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and Ladenburg with respect to the Sections 3.3.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4 and 9.2 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants. This Section 9.4 shall not be modified or amended without the prior written consent of Ladenburg.

9.5 Examination of the Warrant Agreement . A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

9.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.7 Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

9.8 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may

 

13


deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders. All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent of each of Ladenburg and the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without such consent.

9.9 Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:         MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

 

     By:  

 

          F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:

       

 

     By:  

 

 

14

Exhibit 5.1

[LETTERHEAD OF SONNENSCHEIN NATH & ROSENTHAL LLP]

 

June 28, 2006

 

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 E. 38 th Street

Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In our capacity as counsel to Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), we have been asked to render this opinion in connection with a registration statement on Form S-1, as amended [File No. 333-133189] (the “Registration Statement”), heretofore filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), covering up to:

 

  (i) 9,775,000 units (the “Units”), with each Unit consisting of one share of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of

the Company (the “Common Stock”) and one warrant, each to initially purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Warrants”);

 

  (ii) 9,775,000 shares of Common Stock included as part of the Units (the “Unit Common Stock”);

 

  (iii) 9,775,000 Warrants included as part of the Units (the “Unit Warrants”);

 

  (iv) 9,775,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Warrant Stock”) issuable upon exercise of the Warrants;

 

  (v) a purchase option (the “Representative’s Purchase Option”) to purchase 850,000 Units (the “Representative’s Units”)

issuable to the representative of the underwriters named in the Registration Statement;

 

  (vi) 850,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Representative’s Common Stock”) included as part of the Representative’s Units;

 

  (vii) 850,000 warrants (the “Representative’s Warrants”) included as part of the Representative’s Units; and

 

  (viii) 850,000 shares of Common Stock ( the “Representative’s Warrant Stock”) issuable upon exercise of the

Representative’s Warrants.

In connection with rendering this opinion, we have examined and are familiar with the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-Laws, the Registration Statement, corporate proceedings of the Company relating to the Units, the Common Stock, the Warrants, the Warrant Stock, the Representative’s Purchase Option, the Representative’s Units, the Representative’s Common Stock, the Representative’s Warrants and the Representative’s Warrant Stock and such other instruments and documents as we have deemed relevant under the circumstances.

In making the aforesaid examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures and the conformity to original documents of all copies furnished to us as original or photostatic copies. We have also assumed that the corporate records furnished to us by the Company include all corporate proceedings taken by the Company to date.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:


Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

June 28, 2006

Page 2

 

1. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. The Units and the Representative’s Units have each been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

3. The Unit Common Stock and the Representative’s Common Stock have each been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

4. The Representative’s Purchase Option has been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non assessable, and will be a legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under Federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

5. The Unit Warrants and the Representative’s Warrants have each been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement, and when the terms of the warrant agreement under which the Unit Warrants and Representative’s Warrants are to be issued (the “Warrant Agreement”) are duly established and the Warrant Agreement is duly executed and delivered, and when such Unit Warrants and Representative’s Warrants are duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the Warrant Agreement and issued, delivered and sold and paid for as part of the Units and Representative’s Units, as contemplated by the Registration Statement, such Unit Warrants and Representative’s Warrants will be duly and validly issued, and will be legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under Federal and state securities laws, and (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

6. The Warrant Stock and the Representative’s Warrant Stock have each been duly and validly authorized and when the terms of the Warrant Stock and Representative’s Warrant Stock underlying the Units and the Representative’s Units, respectively, and of their issuance and sale, are duly established in conformity with the Warrant Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

The foregoing opinions are limited to the laws of the State of New York, the laws of the United States of America and Delaware general corporation laws (including the applicable provisions of the Delaware constitution and reported judicial opinions interpreting same), and do not purport to express any opinion on the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm and this opinion under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus comprising a part of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of


Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

June 28, 2006

Page 3

 

 

the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,
SONNENSCHEIN NATH & ROSENTHAL LLP
By:   / S /     I RA R OXLAND
  A Member of the Firm

Exhibit 10.1

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of                     , 2006 by and between Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (the “Company”) and                      (“Trustee”).

WHEREAS, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, No. 333-133189 (“Registration Statement”), for its initial public offering of securities (“IPO”) has been declared effective as of the date hereof (“Effective Date”) by the Securities and Exchange Commission (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement); and

WHEREAS, Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (“Ladenburg”) is acting as the representative of the underwriters in the IPO; and

WHEREAS, as described in the Registration Statement, and in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, $66,320,000 of the gross proceeds of the IPO ($76,035,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a trust account for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share, issued in the IPO as hereinafter provided (the amount to be delivered to the Trustee will be referred to herein as the “Property”; the stockholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Stockholders,” and the Public Stockholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property;

IT IS AGREED:

 

1. Agreements and Covenants of Trustee . The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in a segregated trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Trustee;

(b) Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

(c) In a timely manner, upon the instruction of the Company, to invest and reinvest the Property in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in any open ended investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting the conditions of paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3) and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940;


(d) Collect and receive, when due, all principal and income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

(e) Notify the Company and Ladenburg of all communications received by it with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

(f) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company in connection with the Company’s preparation of the tax returns for the Trust Account;

(g) Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company and/or Ladenburg to do so;

(h) Render to the Company and to Ladenburg, and to such other person as the Company may instruct, monthly written statements of the activities of and amounts in the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account;

(i) Commence liquidation of the Trust Account promptly after receipt of and only in accordance with the terms of a letter (“Termination Letter”), in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B (subject in the case of Exhibit B, to the provisions below), signed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board and Secretary, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein; provided, however, that in the event that a Termination Letter has not been received within 18 months from the date of the Company’s IPO (or the date that is the six month anniversary of such date, in the event that a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement has been executed prior to such date in connection with a Business Combination (as defined in the Termination Letter attached hereto as Exhibit A) that has not been consummated prior to 24 months from the date of the Company’s IPO), the Trust Account shall be liquidated as part of the Company’s plan of dissolution and liquidation approved by the Company’s stockholders in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B to the stockholders of record on the record date; provided, further, that the record date shall be within ten (10) days of the 18 month date from the date of the Company’s IPO (or the date that is the six month anniversary of such date, in the event that a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement has been executed prior to such date in connection with a Business Combination that has not been consummated prior to 24 months from the date of the Company’s IPO), or as soon thereafter as is practicable; and

(j) Upon one or more written requests from the Company, which may be given not more than once in any calendar month period, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company interest earned on the Trust Account, net of taxes payable, up to a maximum of $1,975,000. The distributions requested by the Company may be for any amount, provided that (i) in the aggregate, all distributions under this Section 1(j) may not exceed $1,975,000 and (ii) such distributions may only be made if and to the extent that interest has been earned on the amount initially deposited into the Trust Account. No other distributions from the Trust Account shall be permitted except in accordance with Section 1(i) and this Section 1(j) hereof.

 

2


2. Agreements and Covenants of the Company . The Company hereby agrees and covenants to:

(a) Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board. In addition, except with respect to its duties under paragraph 1(i) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it in good faith believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

(b) Hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against any and all expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Trustee in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any income earned from investment of the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this paragraph, it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”). The Company shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim, provided, that the Company shall obtain the consent of the Trustee with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Trustee unless such settlement includes a full release with respect to such Indemnified Claim. The Trustee may participate in such action with its own counsel, at its own expense;

(c) Pay the Trustee an initial acceptance fee of $1,000 and an annual fee of $3,000 (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fee). The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and first year’s fee at the consummation of the IPO and thereafter on the anniversary of the Effective Date. The Trustee shall refund to the Company the fee (on a pro rata basis) with respect to any period after the liquidation of the Trust Fund. The Company shall not be responsible for any other fees or charges of the Trustee except as may be provided in paragraph 2(b) hereof (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to make any payments to the Trustee under such paragraph).

(d) Provide to the Trustee any letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Business Combination that is executed on or prior to 18 months from the date of the Company’s IPO; and

(e) In connection with any vote of the Company’s stockholders regarding a Business Combination, provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of a firm regularly engaged in the business of soliciting proxies and/or tabulating stockholder votes (which firm may be the Trustee) verifying the vote of the Company’s stockholders regarding such Business Combination.

 

3


3. Limitations of Liability . The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

(a) Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in paragraph 1 hereof and the Trustee shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(b) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

(c) Change the investment of any Property, other than in compliance with paragraph 1(c);

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Trustee, in good faith, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

(g) Verify the correctness of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or to confirm or assure that any acquisition made by the Company or any other action taken by it is as contemplated by the Registration Statement; and

(h) Pay any taxes on behalf of the Trust Account (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay any such taxes and that such taxes, if any, shall be paid by the Company from funds not held in the Trust Account) to any governmental entity or taxing authority.

 

4


4. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

(a) If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee. At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed by the Company and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that, in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

(b) At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1(i) hereof, and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Paragraph 2(b).

 

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. Upon receipt of written instructions, the Trustee will confirm such instructions with an Authorized Individual at an Authorized Telephone Number listed on the attached Exhibit C. The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee will rely upon account numbers or other identifying numbers of a beneficiary, beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank, rather than names. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or expense resulting from any error in an account number or other identifying number, provided it has accurately transmitted the numbers provided.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws. It may be executed in several original or facsimile counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no such change, amendment or modification may be made without the prior written consent of Ladenburg. As to any claim, cross-claim or counterclaim in any way relating to this Agreement, each party waives the right to trial by jury.

 

5


(d) The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder.

(e) Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by facsimile transmission:

if to the Trustee, to:

The Bank of New York

Asset-Backed Securities

101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West

New York, NY 10286

Attn : Antonio Vayas

if to the Company, to:

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Attn:  F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer

     Fax No.:

and

Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Ira I. Roxland, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 768-6800

in either case with a copy to:

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

153 East 53 rd Street

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Peter H. Blum Fax No.:

and

 

6


Greenberg Traurig, LLP

MetLife Building

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attn: Alan I. Annex, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 801-6400

(f) This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior written consent of the Company and Ladenburg.

(g) Each of the Trustee and the Company hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder. The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the Trust Account, including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

The Bank of New York,as Trustee

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:      F. Jacob Cherian

 

Title:        President and Chief Executive

                 Officer

 

7


EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

The Bank of New York

Asset-Backed Securities

101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West

New York, NY 10286

Attn : Antonio Vayas

Re: Trust Account No. [                    ] Termination Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (“Company”) and The Bank of New York (“Trustee”), dated as of                              , 2006 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement (“Business Agreement”) with                              (“Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (“Business Combination”) on or about [insert date]. The Company shall notify you at least 48 hours in advance of the actual date of the consummation of the Business Combination (“Consummation Date”).

In accordance with subparagraph (A) of Article Fifth of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Business Combination has been approved by the stockholders of the Company and by the Public Stockholders holding a majority of the IPO Shares, and Public Stockholders holding less than 20% of the IPO Shares have voted against the Business Combination and given notice of exercise of their conversion rights. Pursuant to Section 2(e) of the Trust Agreement, we are providing you with [an affidavit] [a certificate] of , which verifies the vote of the Company’s stockholders in connection with the Business Combination. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to commence liquidation of the Trust Account to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date.

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated or will, concurrently with your transfer of funds to the accounts as directed by the Company, be consummated, and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you written instructions with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account (“Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the counsel’s letter and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and be distributed after the

 

8


Consummation Date to the Company or be distributed immediately and the penalty incurred. Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice.

 

Very truly yours,

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

By:

  

 

  

F. Jacob Cherian

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

By:

  

 

  

Suhel Kanuga

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,

Treasurer and Secretary

 

cc: Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

 

9


EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

Re: Trust Account No. [            ] Termination Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc. (“Company”) and The Bank of New York (“Trustee”), dated as of             , 2006 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a Business Combination with a Target Company within the time frame specified in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as described in the Company’s prospectus relating to its IPO.

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you, to commence liquidation of the Trust Account as part of the Company’s plan of dissolution and distribution. In connection with this liquidation, you are hereby authorized to establish a record date for the purposes of determining the stockholders of record entitled to receive their per share portion of the Trust Account. The record date shall be within ten (10) days of the liquidation date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable. You will notify the Company in writing as to when all of the funds in the Trust Account will be available for immediate transfer (“Transfer Date”) in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. You shall commence distribution of such funds in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and you shall oversee the distribution of the funds. Upon the payment of all the funds in the Trust Account, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

Very truly yours,

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.

By:

 

 

  F. Jacob Cherian
  President and Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

 

  Suhel Kanuga
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

 

10


EXHIBIT C

 

AUTHORIZED INDIVIDUAL(S)

FOR TELEPHONE CALL BACK

  

AUTHORIZED

TELEPHONE NUMBER(S)

  
  
Company:   
  

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Attn: F. Jacob Cherian, President and CEO

  
  
Trustee:   
  

The Bank of New York

Asset-Backed Securities

101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West

New York, NY 10286

Attn : Antonio Vayas

  

 

11

June , 2006

 

Exhibit 10.3

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 East 38 Street

Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

590 Madison Avenue, 34 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

 

  Re: Initial Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned holder (the “Holder”) of Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.’s (the “Company”), common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and warrants, each to purchase one share of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Warrants,” and the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants, the “Warrant Stock”), in consideration of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (“Ladenburg”) entering into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), as Representative of the several underwriters named in Schedule I of the Underwriting Agreement, with the Company providing for the initial public offering of the securities of the Company (the “IPO”), hereby agrees as follows (certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 12 hereof):

1.     If the Company solicits approval of its stockholders of a Business Combination, the Holder will vote all shares of Common Stock then owned by such Holder, including any shares purchased by such Holder in or after the IPO, in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the Company’s public stockholders, other than Insiders of the Company.

2.     In the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (or 24 months under the circumstances described in the Prospectus relating to the IPO), the Holder agrees to waive such Holder’s right to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to those shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock owned by such Holder prior to the IPO, and to take all reasonable actions within its power, at the times described in the Prospectus, to cause the Company to liquidate as soon as reasonably practicable.

3.     The Holder hereby waives its right to exercise conversion rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock owned by such Holder, directly or indirectly, including any shares of Common Stock purchased by such Holder in or after the IPO, and agrees that it will not seek


Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

June     , 2006

Page 2

 

conversion with respect to such shares of Common Stock in connection with any vote to approve a Business Combination (as is more fully described in the Company’s Prospectus).

4.     Without the prior written consent of Ladenberg, the Holder will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date of consummation of a Business Combination, sell, transfer or exercise the Warrants owned by such Holder immediately prior to the Company’s consummation of the IPO. The Holder agrees that such Warrants will be held in escrow with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) until the earliest to occur of (i) the liquidation of the Company or (ii) the consummation of a Business Combination. By the Holder’s execution hereof, the Holder hereby authorizes the Company for, and on behalf of, the Holder to deliver the certificate or certificates evidencing the Holder’s Warrants into escrow at the closing of the IPO as contemplated by the immediately proceeding sentence.

5.     Without the prior written consent of Ladenberg, the Holder will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending six months after the date of consummation of a Business Combination, sell or transfer the Common Stock or the Warrant Stock (except to their spouses and children, or trusts established for their benefit) owned by such Holder immediately prior to the IPO. The Holder agrees that such Common Stock and Warrant Stock will be held in escrow with the Escrow Agent until the earliest to occur of (i) six months after the consummation of a business combination, (ii) the liquidation of the Company, or (iii) the consummation of a Business Combination. By the Holder’s execution hereof, the Holder hereby authorizes the Company for, and on behalf of, the Holder to deliver the certificate or certificates evidencing the Holder’s Common Stock or Warrant Stock into escrow at the closing of the IPO as contemplated by the immediately proceeding sentence.

6.     In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, the Holder agrees to present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire an operating business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination, the liquidation of the Company or until such time as the Holder ceases to be an officer or director of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary obligations the Holder might have.

7.     The Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Company will not consummate any Business Combination which involves a company which is affiliated with any of the Insiders unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm reasonably acceptable to Ladenburg that the Business Combination is fair to the Company’s stockholders from a financial perspective.

8.     Neither the Holder, any family member of the Holder, nor any affiliate of the Holder will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation for services rendered to the Company prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

2


Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

June     , 2006

Page 3

 

9.     Neither the Holder, any family member of the Holder, or any affiliate of the Holder will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the Holder, any family member of the Holder, or any affiliate of the Holder originates a Business Combination.

10.   The Holder authorizes any employer, financial institution, or consumer credit reporting agency to release to Ladenburg and its legal representatives or agents (including any investigative search firm retained by Ladenburg) any information it may have about the Holder’s background and finances (“Information”), purely for the purposes of the Company’s IPO (and shall thereafter hold such information confidential). Neither Ladenburg nor its agents shall be violating the Holder’s right of privacy in any manner in requesting and obtaining the Information.

11.   The Holder has full right and power, without violating any agreement by which it is bound, to enter into this letter agreement.

12.   As used herein, (i) a “Business Combination” shall mean an acquisition by merger, capital stock exchange, asset or stock acquisition, reorganization or otherwise, of an operating business selected by the Company; (ii) “Insiders” shall mean all officers and directors who are stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133189), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the registration of up to 10,625,000 units, each unit consisting of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant.

 

 

    

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the              day of June 2006, by and among Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned parties listed under Investor on the signature page hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).

WHEREAS, the Investors currently hold all of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of shares of Common Stock held by them;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

“Agreement” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

“Company” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

“Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 3.3.

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in Section 3.3.

“Investor” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Investor Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 3.1.

“Notices” is defined in Section 5.3.


“Register,” “Registered” and “Registration” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

“Registrable Securities” mean all of the shares of Common Stock and warrants owned or held by Investors prior to the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering under the Securities Act and the shares of common stock underlying their warrants. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (d) the Securities and Exchange Commission makes a definitive determination to the Company that the Registrable Securities are salable under Rule 144(k).

“Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of Common Stock (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).

“Release Date” means the date on which shares of Common Stock are disbursed from escrow pursuant to Section 3 of that certain Stock Escrow Agreement dated as of             , 2006 by and among the parties hereto and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

“Underwriter” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

2. MANDATORY REGISTRATION; PROCEDURES .

2.1. Filings; Information .

2.1.1. Filing Registration Statement . The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible after the Release Date, use its best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become and remain effective for the period required by Section 2.1.3; provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to defer the Registration for up to thirty (30) days, if the Company shall furnish to


the holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further, that the Company shall not be obligated to deliver securities and shall not have penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise by the holder.

2.1.2. Copies . The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders.

2.1.3. Amendments and Supplements . The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement (which period shall not exceed the sum of one hundred eighty (180) days plus any period during which any such disposition is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any governmental agency or court) or such securities have been withdrawn.

2.1.4. Notification . After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such


Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall reasonably object.

2.1.5. State Securities Laws Compliance . The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

2.1.6. Agreements for Disposition . The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement. No holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such holder’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such holder’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such holder that such holder has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

2.1.7. Cooperation . The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

2.1.8. Records . The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such


Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.

2.1.9. Opinions and Comfort Letters . The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such holder, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter. In the event no legal opinion is delivered to any Underwriter, the Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, at any time that such holder elects to use a prospectus, an opinion of counsel to the Company to the effect that the Registration Statement containing such prospectus has been declared effective and that no stop order is in effect.

2.1.10. Earnings Statement . The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its stockholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, beginning within three (3) months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

2.1.11. Listing . The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in the Registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

2.2. Obligation to Suspend Distribution . Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.1.4(iv), each holder of Registrable Securities included in the Registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

2.3. Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Registration pursuant to this Agreement, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses


(including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1.11; (vi) National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 2.1.9); (viii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders. Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling stockholders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of shares each is selling in such offering.

2.4. Information . The holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws.

3. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

3.1. Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each person, if any, who controls an Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “Investor Indemnified Party”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity


with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 3.1.

3.2. Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each selling holder of Registrable Securities will, in the event that the Registration is being effected under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling holder, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter (if any), and each other selling holder and each other person, if any, who controls another selling holder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, and each other selling holder or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling holder.

3.3. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by any person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2, such person (the “Indemnified Party”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other person (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but


no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.

3.4. CONTRIBUTION.

3.4.1. If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 3.2 and 3.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

3.4.2. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 3.4.1. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.


4. UNDERWRITING AND DISTRIBUTION.

4.1. Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it shall use its best efforts to file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall use its best efforts to take such further action as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar Rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1. Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that no person, other than a holder of the Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any shares of the Company’s capital stock for sale or to include shares of the Company’s capital stock in the Registration filed by the Company for the sale of shares of capital stock for its own account or for the account of any other person.

5.2. Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by any such holder. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties, to Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Investor or holder of Registrable Securities or of any assignee of the Investor or holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 3 and this Section 5.2.

5.3. Notices . All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile; provided, that if such service or transmission is not on a business day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next business day. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next business day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable air courier service with an order for next-day delivery.


To the Company:

Millennium India Acquisition Company Inc.

330 East 38 th Street, Suite 46C

New York, New York 10016

Attn: F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Ira I. Roxland, Esq.

and

Greenberg Traurig LLP

MetLife Building

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attn: Alan I. Annex, Esq.

To an Investor, to:

[To follow]

with a copy to:

Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Ira I. Roxland, Esq.

5.4. Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

5.5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.6. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written.


5.7. Modifications and Amendments . No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon any party unless executed in writing by such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all parties must obtain the written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. to amend or modify this Agreement.

5.8. Titles and Headings . Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

5.9. Waivers and Extensions . Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement. Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred. Any waiver may be conditional. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained. No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.

5.10. Remedies Cumulative . In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investor or any other holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

5.11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice-of-law provisions thereof that would compel the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

5.12. Waiver of Trial by Jury . Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the actions of the Investor in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement hereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

MILLENNIUM INDIA ACQUISITION COMPANY INC.
By:     
  F. Jacob Cherian, President and Chief Executive Officer
INVESTORS:
    
  F. Jacob Cherian
    
  Suhel Kanuga
    
  Kishore Mirchandani
    
  Lawrence Burstein